1 #LyX 2.0.0beta2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
54 % to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia
55 \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
56 \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
58 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading,chapterprefix,numbers=noenddot
59 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
66 \font_typewriter default
67 \font_default_family default
68 \use_non_tex_fonts false
75 \default_output_format default
77 \bibtex_command default
78 \index_command default
82 \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
87 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
88 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
89 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
94 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
95 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
105 \paperorientation portrait
108 \notefontcolor #0000ff
125 \paragraph_separation indent
126 \paragraph_indentation default
127 \quotes_language english
130 \paperpagestyle default
131 \tracking_changes false
132 \output_changes false
140 Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX
148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
150 Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
155 Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
156 silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list LyX,
159 \begin_inset CommandInset href
161 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
175 \begin_inset Newline newline
179 \begin_inset Newline newline
183 \begin_inset Note Note
186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
187 Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
188 \begin_inset Newline newline
193 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
201 \begin_layout Standard
202 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
203 LatexCommand tableofcontents
210 \begin_layout Chapter
214 \begin_layout Section
218 \begin_layout Standard
219 LyX adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
220 manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 LyX menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
232 yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
241 , tidak perlu menyatakan
242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
249 pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
258 LyX yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
259 Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
263 \begin_layout Standard
264 Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
277 Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
278 sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
281 \begin_layout Standard
283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
294 , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi LyX, juga menjelaskan tentang format
295 penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
296 Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
297 Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
298 ini adalah buku panduan
299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
313 \begin_layout Section
314 Bagaimana Tampilan LyX
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, LyX mempunyai kotak menu utama di
319 bagian atas jendela kerja.
320 Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
321 berbagai tombol bantuan.
322 Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
326 \begin_layout Standard
327 Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
329 Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
330 merupakan kesengajaan.
331 Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja LyX akan selalu diteruskan di baris
332 bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
333 Oleh karena itu, LyX tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
335 Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
336 Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
337 Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
338 gambar di LyX agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja LyX.
339 Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
340 yang melebihi area kerja.
341 Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
342 dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
343 Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
344 dan melebihi area kerja.
347 \begin_layout Standard
348 Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu LyX serta tombol bantuan yang ada,
349 silahkan membaca di Lampiran
354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
356 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
361 Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
362 Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
370 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
378 \begin_layout Section
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan LyX.
388 buku panduan dalam LyX.
389 Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
393 , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
396 \begin_layout Section
398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
400 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
407 \begin_layout Standard
408 Ada beberapa fitur LyX dapat diatur dari dalam LyX, tanpa melakukan perubahan
409 atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
410 LyX mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
411 LaTeX, serta paket LaTeX yang tersedia.
412 Dengan kemampuan ini, LyX menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
428 Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
429 LyX, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
430 lokal, misalnya LaTeX class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh LyX.
431 Untuk memaksa LyX untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka
434 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
438 \begin_inset Index idx
441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
442 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
448 Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang LyX untuk
449 memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam LyX.
452 \begin_layout Section
454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
456 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
463 \begin_layout Standard
464 Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam LyX tanpa instalasi LaTeX, namun demikian
465 anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa
467 Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
468 PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
469 keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
472 \begin_layout Standard
473 Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class LaTeX atau DocBook atau
475 Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
476 berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
477 Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
481 \begin_layout Standard
482 Semua paket LaTeX yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat
485 Bantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
504 Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
505 paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
507 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
515 \begin_inset Note Note
518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
519 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
527 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
528 More about TeX Code is described in section
533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
535 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
539 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
546 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
556 \begin_inset Index idx
559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
560 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
565 Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket LaTeX, silahkan
566 lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
568 Perubahan dan Pengaturan
573 \begin_layout Chapter
574 Bagaimana Menggunakan LyX
577 \begin_layout Section
578 Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
579 \begin_inset Index idx
582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
591 \begin_layout Standard
592 Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
596 serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
597 Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
600 \begin_layout Itemize
604 \begin_inset Graphics
605 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
613 \begin_layout Itemize
627 \begin_layout Itemize
637 \begin_inset Graphics
638 filename ../../images/file-open.png
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_inset Graphics
659 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
667 \begin_layout Itemize
685 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Itemize
705 \begin_layout Itemize
711 \begin_layout Itemize
717 \begin_layout Itemize
723 \begin_inset Graphics
724 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
732 \begin_layout Itemize
738 \begin_layout Standard
739 Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
741 Hanya saja di LyX ada sedikit perbedaan.
742 Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
744 Berkas\SpecialChar \menuseparator
746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
755 bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
756 templet yang akan anda gunakan.
757 Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
758 dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
759 Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
766 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
773 \begin_layout Standard
790 sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
796 Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
797 Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
816 akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
817 Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
825 untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
826 berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
827 Dengan operasi berkas
835 anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
836 akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
839 \begin_layout Section
840 Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
841 \begin_inset Index idx
844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
851 \begin_inset CommandInset label
853 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong
862 dan tempel dalam LyX dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata,
863 maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman.
864 Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada
865 dalam LyX dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya.
866 Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel.
869 \begin_layout Standard
870 Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu
874 dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta
875 fitur suntingan lainnya.
876 Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan
877 dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya.
878 Perintah suntingan utama adalah:
881 \begin_layout Itemize
887 \begin_inset Graphics
888 filename ../../images/cut.png
896 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_inset Graphics
903 filename ../../images/copy.png
911 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_inset Graphics
918 filename ../../images/paste.png
926 \begin_layout Itemize
930 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
940 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
950 \begin_layout Itemize
954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
958 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
964 \begin_inset Graphics
965 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
974 \begin_layout Standard
975 Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya
977 Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen
978 anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip.
987 juga berfungsi sebagai perintah
992 Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap
993 hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka LyX akan menghapus
994 teks yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter
996 Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah
1000 agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula.
1003 \begin_layout Standard
1004 \begin_inset Index idx
1007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1013 Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di LyX juga dari program lainnya menggunakan
1032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1047 akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan.
1050 \begin_layout Standard
1053 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1055 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1059 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1068 akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks
1069 yang disisipkan dalam
1074 Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong.
1079 , teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi
1083 \begin_layout Standard
1084 \begin_inset Index idx
1087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1094 \begin_inset Index idx
1097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1105 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1124 akan membuka jendela dialog
1127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1131 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1137 Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, LyX akan
1139 Dengan menekan tombol
1143 , kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area
1149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1157 Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya.
1158 Jika anda menekan tombol
1163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1170 maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis.
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan
1178 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1218 anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan.
1219 Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan
1222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1231 , maka pencarian kata
1232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1264 akan memaksa LyX hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian
1265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1276 tidak akan menemukan
1277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1291 \begin_layout Standard
1292 Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat
1294 Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi
1296 Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi
1297 paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik
1301 atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan
1309 \begin_layout Section
1310 Batalkan dan Kembalikan
1311 \begin_inset Index idx
1314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1321 \begin_inset Index idx
1324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1333 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1340 \begin_layout Standard
1341 Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya.
1342 Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan
1344 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1347 atau dari tombol bantuan
1352 \begin_inset Graphics
1353 filename ../../images/undo.png
1358 untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan.
1359 LyX mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalka
1361 Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100
1362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1366 Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih,
1367 anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu
1369 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1372 atau dengan menekan tombol
1373 \begin_inset Graphics
1374 filename ../../images/redo.png
1382 \begin_layout Standard
1383 Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir
1384 disimpan, status dokumen
1385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1392 tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan.
1393 Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen.
1396 \begin_layout Standard
1405 dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di LyX.
1406 Namun demikian proses
1414 pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan
1418 \begin_layout Section
1420 \begin_inset Index idx
1423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1432 \begin_layout Standard
1433 Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus.
1436 \begin_layout Enumerate
1441 \begin_layout Itemize
1446 sekali di daerah jendela kerja LyX.
1447 Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol
1452 \begin_layout Enumerate
1453 Memilih dan Menandai Teks
1457 \begin_layout Itemize
1462 kemudian seret tetikus.
1463 LyX akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke
1464 tempat posisi kursor setelah diseret.
1467 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1470 untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan LyX (dan papan klip).
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke
1475 lokasi baru, menggunakan
1477 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1484 \begin_layout Enumerate
1485 Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.)
1489 \begin_layout Standard
1494 pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya.
1495 Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan
1500 \begin_layout Enumerate
1505 \begin_layout Standard
1510 pada sel tabel akan membuka dialog pengaturan lanjut pada tabel.
1514 \begin_layout Section
1516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1518 name "sec:Navigating"
1523 \begin_inset Index idx
1526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1535 \begin_layout Standard
1536 LyX menyediakan dua cara navigasi dalam dokumen:
1539 \begin_layout Itemize
1544 memaparkan semua bagian yang ada dalam dokumen yang bisa anda klik untuk
1545 melihat bagian dokumen tersebut.
1548 \begin_layout Itemize
1551 Dokumen\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1558 atau dari tombol bantuan
1559 \begin_inset Graphics
1560 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1568 \begin_layout Standard
1569 Jendela paparan menampilkan kandungan dokumen berupa daftar isi (TOC) seperti
1570 yang dikemukakan pada subbab
1571 \begin_inset space ~
1575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1577 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1582 Anda dapat memilih dan jika anda klik, anda akan dibawa ke bagian dokumen
1583 yang anda klik tadi.
1584 Pada bagian atas jendela paparan, ada kotak pilihan tarik yang berisi pilihan
1585 berbagai daftar obyek, seperti Daftar Catatan Kaki.
1586 Beberapa daftar lainnya, misalnya Daftar Tabel, Daftar Gambar, Daftar Algoritma
1587 bisa juga ditambahkan dalam dokumen, lihat di subbab
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1594 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1603 akan mengurutkan semua yang ada dalam jendela paparan, sedangkan pilihan
1604 Tetap akan mempertahankan tampilan paparan.
1607 \begin_layout Standard
1612 seperti namanya, akan mengurutkan yang ada di jendela paparan.
1617 akan mempertahankan tampilan seperti kondisi terakhir.
1622 disini berarti anda mempertahankan yang sudah dibuka.
1623 Misalnya anda sudah membuka di aras sub-subbab, misalnya di sub-subbab
1624 \begin_inset space ~
1627 2 juga 4, kemudian anda berpindah ke subbab
1628 \begin_inset space ~
1631 3, maka sub-subbab yang sudah dibuka tidak akan ditutup.
1632 Tanpa pilihan Tetap, ketika anda berpindah dari sub-subbab ke subbab, maka
1633 sub-subbab akan ditutup dan kembali ke aras subbab.
1636 \begin_layout Standard
1637 Dengan menggunakan tombol
1638 \begin_inset space \space{}
1642 \begin_inset Graphics
1643 filename ../../images/down.png
1648 \begin_inset space \space{}
1652 \begin_inset Graphics
1653 filename ../../images/up.png
1657 yang berada di bagian bawah jendela paparan, anda dapat merubah posisi
1658 bagian dokumen keatas atau kebawah.
1659 Misalnya, dengan menggunakan tombol
1660 \begin_inset space \space{}
1664 \begin_inset Graphics
1665 filename ../../images/up.png
1669 anda dapat merubah subbab
1670 \begin_inset space ~
1674 \begin_inset space ~
1678 LyX secara otomatis akan merubah nomor sesuai dengan posisi yang baru.
1681 \begin_layout Standard
1682 Dengan menggunakan Tombol
1683 \begin_inset Graphics
1684 filename ../../images/promote.png
1694 \begin_inset Graphics
1695 filename ../../images/demote.png
1704 ), anda dapat merubah posisi bagian dokumen pada aras kedalamannya, misalnya
1705 dari sub-subbab menjadi subbab atau sebaliknya dari subbab menjadi subsubbab.
1706 Dengan mengunakan fitur ini, anda dapat merubah dari subbab
1707 \begin_inset space ~
1711 \begin_inset space ~
1715 \begin_inset space ~
1721 \begin_layout Standard
1723 \begin_inset Graphics
1724 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1730 membantu anda untuk melompat ke posisi dokumen yang terakhir anda ubah.
1731 Ini sangat bermanfaat jika anda bekerja dalam dokumen yang panjang; misalnya
1732 anda merubah teks kemudian melihat ke bagian lain dan ingin kembali ke
1733 tempat semula saat anda melakukan perubahan.
1734 Dengan sekali tekan tombol bantuan ini, anda akan kembali ke posisi semula.
1738 \begin_layout Section
1739 Masukan / Melengkapi Kata
1740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1742 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1747 \begin_inset Index idx
1750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1791 \begin_layout Standard
1792 LyX menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari
1793 hasil memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka.
1794 Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk
1795 digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan.
1798 \begin_layout Standard
1799 Pengaturan bawaan LyX untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling
1800 sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa
1801 sudah ada kata tersedia.
1802 Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol
1806 untuk melengkapi kata.
1807 Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan
1808 menampilkan kata-kata tersebut.
1809 Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian
1810 menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan
1822 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1825 kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan
1827 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1834 anda perlu melepaskan pilihan
1839 Sedangkan pengaturan
1841 Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris
1843 , pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor.
1844 Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol
1850 Apabila menggunakan pengaturan
1852 Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis
1854 , maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan.
1855 LyX mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir.
1856 Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab.
1857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1863 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1870 \begin_layout Section
1871 Gabungan tombol ketik
1872 \begin_inset Index idx
1875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1876 Gabungan tombol ketik
1882 \begin_inset Index idx
1885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1897 Gabungan tombol ketik
1901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1914 \begin_inset Index idx
1917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1948 \begin_layout Standard
1949 Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs.
1950 Bawaan LyX menggunakan CUA.
1953 \begin_layout Standard
1954 Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti
1957 \begin_inset space ~
1965 \begin_inset space ~
1986 , sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan.
1987 Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya.
1990 \begin_layout Labeling
1991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1995 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1996 LatexCommand nomenclature
1998 description "Tombol ketik Tabulator"
2004 LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab.
2005 Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih
2007 \begin_inset space ~
2011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2013 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2020 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2025 \begin_inset space ~
2029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2031 reference "sub:Lists"
2037 Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca
2045 \begin_layout Labeling
2046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2051 LatexCommand nomenclature
2053 description "Tombol ketik Escape"
2059 Tombol ini digunakan sebagai
2060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2067 Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan.
2068 Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya.
2071 \begin_layout Labeling
2072 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2078 \begin_inset space ~
2082 \begin_inset space ~
2093 akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol
2097 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris.
2098 Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs,
2102 memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara
2106 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas.
2109 \begin_layout Standard
2110 Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah:
2113 \begin_layout Labeling
2114 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2119 (Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan
2120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2132 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2133 LatexCommand nomenclature
2135 description "Tombol ketik Control"
2139 ) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain
2140 yang dikombinasikan:
2144 \begin_layout Itemize
2153 , akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter.
2156 \begin_layout Itemize
2165 , akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan.
2168 \begin_layout Itemize
2177 , akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen.
2181 \begin_layout Labeling
2182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2187 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2200 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2201 LatexCommand nomenclature
2203 description "Tombol ketik Shift"
2207 ) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai
2208 dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan.
2211 \begin_layout Labeling
2212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2217 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2230 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2231 LatexCommand nomenclature
2233 description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta"
2237 ) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan
2238 ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta.
2239 Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol
2240 yang benar-benar aktif sebagai
2245 Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol
2250 Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and
2251 memilih menu tersebut.
2255 \begin_layout Standard
2256 Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol
2257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2263 \begin_inset space ~
2267 \begin_inset space ~
2273 \begin_inset space ~
2277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2280 akan membawa anda ke dialog
2281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2296 \begin_inset space ~
2302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2317 memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol
2326 \begin_layout Standard
2327 Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan
2328 yang digunakan di LyX, karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan
2329 aksi yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa
2330 anda pilih di jendela status bawah.
2331 Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan
2332 di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda.
2333 Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga
2335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2350 diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu
2360 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2365 Penyuntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2367 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2372 seperti dijelaskan di subbab
2373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2379 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2386 \begin_layout Chapter
2388 \begin_inset Index idx
2391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2400 \begin_layout Section
2402 \begin_inset Index idx
2405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2414 \begin_layout Subsection
2418 \begin_layout Standard
2419 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2420 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2421 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2422 numbering schemes, and so on.
2423 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2424 and format the title of your document differently.
2427 \begin_layout Standard
2432 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2433 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2434 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2435 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2436 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2439 \begin_layout Standard
2440 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2441 how to adjust their properties.
2444 \begin_layout Subsection
2446 \begin_inset Index idx
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2458 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2465 \begin_layout Standard
2466 You can select a class using the
2468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2469 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2473 \begin_inset Index idx
2476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2483 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2487 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2491 \begin_layout Standard
2492 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Article for basic articles
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Report for basic reports
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Book for writing a book
2508 \begin_layout Description
2509 Letter for US-style letters
2512 \begin_layout Standard
2513 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2514 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2515 will include many of these.
2516 Here are some of the classes.
2517 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2519 Special Document Classes
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2532 \begin_layout Description
2533 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2537 \begin_layout Description
2538 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2542 \begin_layout Description
2543 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2544 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2545 There are three article layouts available.
2546 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2547 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2548 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2549 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2554 sequential numbering
2555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2558 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2559 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2560 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2561 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2564 \begin_layout Description
2565 Beamer Layout for presentations
2568 \begin_layout Description
2569 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2570 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2574 \begin_layout Description
2575 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2578 \begin_layout Description
2580 \begin_inset space ~
2583 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2586 \begin_layout Description
2587 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2590 \begin_layout Description
2591 Foils Used to make transparencies
2594 \begin_layout Description
2595 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2596 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2600 \begin_layout Description
2601 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2602 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2613 \begin_layout Description
2614 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2615 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2616 (Is used by this document.)
2619 \begin_layout Description
2620 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2623 \begin_layout Description
2624 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2627 \begin_layout Description
2632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2639 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2640 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2642 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2645 \begin_layout Description
2646 Slides Used to make transparencies
2649 \begin_layout Description
2651 \begin_inset space ~
2654 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2655 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2658 \begin_layout Description
2659 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2662 \begin_layout Standard
2663 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2665 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2671 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2672 of the document classes.
2675 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2679 \begin_layout Standard
2680 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2683 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2684 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2686 \begin_inset Index idx
2689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2706 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2711 \begin_inset space ~
2718 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2719 that are not installed to produce output.
2720 So it seems that something is wrong.
2723 \begin_layout Standard
2724 But nothing is wrong.
2725 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2726 and some of them, like
2730 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2731 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2732 files, with a growing number.
2733 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2734 by some document class.
2735 There are just too many of them.
2736 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2739 \begin_layout Standard
2740 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2741 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2742 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2743 document class for a new file.
2744 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2749 Installing new LaTeX files
2750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2757 manual for information on how to install them.
2758 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2764 \begin_layout Standard
2765 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2766 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2768 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2769 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2770 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2772 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2775 \begin_inset space ~
2782 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2785 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2794 \begin_inset Index idx
2797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2806 \begin_layout Standard
2807 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2808 chosen document class.
2809 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2810 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2821 \begin_inset Index idx
2824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2831 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2835 \begin_layout Standard
2836 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2837 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2838 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2839 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2840 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2841 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2842 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2844 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2848 \begin_inset Index idx
2851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2852 Reconfiguration of LyX
2858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2861 Installing new LaTeX files
2862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2869 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2872 \begin_layout Standard
2873 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2881 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2882 LyX will advise you about these things.
2890 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2894 \begin_layout Standard
2895 Each class has a default set of options.
2896 Here's a quick table describing them:
2899 \begin_layout Standard
2900 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2906 \begin_layout Standard
2908 \begin_inset Tabular
2909 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2910 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2913 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2915 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3369 \begin_layout Standard
3370 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3376 \begin_layout Standard
3377 You're probably also wondering what
3378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3382 \begin_inset space ~
3386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3390 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3391 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3396 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3401 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3411 headings, there are also
3419 headings, and so on.
3420 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3421 \begin_inset space ~
3425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3427 reference "sub:Headings"
3434 \begin_layout Subsection
3436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3438 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3443 \begin_inset Index idx
3446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3455 \begin_inset Index idx
3458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3467 \begin_layout Standard
3468 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3470 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3481 \begin_inset space ~
3486 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3488 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3489 to use for your document.
3490 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3494 \begin_layout Standard
3501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3507 \begin_inset space ~
3512 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3513 You can choose between the following five options:
3516 \begin_layout Labeling
3517 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3522 Use default page style of current class.
3525 \begin_layout Labeling
3526 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3531 No page numbers or headings.
3534 \begin_layout Labeling
3535 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3543 \begin_layout Labeling
3544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3549 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3550 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3551 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3554 \begin_layout Labeling
3555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3560 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3566 \begin_inset Index idx
3569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3570 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3576 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3577 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3579 Check the documentation for the
3583 package for more details,
3584 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3593 \begin_layout Standard
3598 of paragraphs is described in section
3599 \begin_inset space ~
3603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3605 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3612 \begin_layout Subsection
3613 Paper Size and Orientation
3614 \begin_inset Index idx
3617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3618 Document ! Paper size
3624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3626 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3634 You'll find the following options in the menu
3637 \begin_inset space ~
3642 of the dialog of the
3644 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3650 \begin_inset Index idx
3653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3662 \begin_layout Labeling
3663 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3667 \begin_inset space ~
3672 What size paper to print on.
3676 \begin_layout Itemize
3682 \begin_layout Itemize
3692 \begin_layout Itemize
3698 \begin_layout Itemize
3704 \begin_layout Itemize
3710 \begin_layout Itemize
3716 \begin_layout Itemize
3722 \begin_layout Labeling
3723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3728 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3739 \begin_layout Labeling
3740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3744 \begin_inset space ~
3749 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3750 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3753 \begin_layout Subsection
3755 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3762 \begin_inset Index idx
3765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3772 \begin_inset Index idx
3775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3784 \begin_layout Standard
3785 Paper margins are set in the menu
3787 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3791 \begin_inset Index idx
3794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3803 \begin_layout Standard
3804 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3805 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3806 the paper format and the font size into account.
3809 \begin_layout Subsection
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3819 That includes the paragraph environments.
3820 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3821 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3822 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3823 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3832 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3834 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3835 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3836 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3839 \begin_layout Section
3840 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3841 \begin_inset Index idx
3844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 Paragraph ! Indentation
3853 \begin_layout Subsection
3855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3857 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3864 \begin_layout Standard
3865 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3866 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3869 \begin_layout Standard
3870 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3871 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3872 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3873 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3877 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3883 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3884 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3885 language than English.
3886 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3889 \begin_layout Standard
3890 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3891 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3893 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3894 LyX takes care of that.
3895 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3897 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3898 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3899 of a page, and so on.
3903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3904 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3909 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3910 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3914 of these pre-coded spacings.
3915 We'll explain more later.
3918 \begin_layout Subsection
3919 Paragraph Separation
3920 \begin_inset Index idx
3923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3924 Paragraph ! Separation
3932 \begin_layout Standard
3933 To separate paragraphs, select
3944 \begin_inset space ~
3951 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3955 \begin_inset Index idx
3958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3964 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3965 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3966 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3979 \begin_layout Standard
3980 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3981 \begin_inset space ~
3985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3987 reference "cap:Units"
3992 The default length is 30
3993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3999 \begin_layout Subsection
4003 \begin_layout Standard
4004 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4007 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4009 \begin_inset space ~
4014 dialog and toggle the
4017 \begin_inset space ~
4022 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4025 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4029 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4030 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4034 \begin_layout Standard
4035 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4036 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4039 \begin_layout Subsection
4041 \begin_inset Index idx
4044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4045 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4053 \begin_layout Standard
4056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4060 \begin_inset Index idx
4063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4072 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4075 \begin_inset space ~
4084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4085 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4090 \begin_inset Index idx
4093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4094 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4099 installed to use this feature.
4107 \begin_layout Section
4108 Paragraph Environments
4109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4111 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4116 \begin_inset Index idx
4119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4120 Paragraph ! Environments
4126 \begin_inset Index idx
4129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4130 Paragraph environments|(
4138 \begin_layout Subsection
4142 \begin_layout Standard
4143 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4146 \begin_layout Standard
4165 \begin_inset Newline newline
4168 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4169 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4170 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4179 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 A paragraph environment is simply a
4184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4191 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4192 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4193 scheme, labels, and so on.
4194 Additionally, you can
4195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4202 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4203 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4204 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4205 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4206 days of typewriters.
4207 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4209 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4212 \begin_layout Standard
4213 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4214 \begin_inset Graphics
4215 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4221 at the left end of the toolbar.
4222 LyX will change the environment of the
4226 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4227 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4228 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4232 \begin_layout Standard
4241 create a new paragraph using the
4245 paragraph environment.
4247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4254 because if you are in one of these environments:
4257 \begin_layout Itemize
4263 \begin_layout Itemize
4269 \begin_layout Itemize
4275 \begin_layout Itemize
4281 \begin_layout Itemize
4287 \begin_layout Itemize
4293 \begin_layout Itemize
4299 \begin_layout Standard
4300 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4304 , rather than resetting it to
4309 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4310 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4311 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4318 reference "sec:Nesting"
4323 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4328 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4329 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4333 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4339 \begin_layout Subsection
4343 \begin_layout Standard
4344 The default paragraph environment is
4349 It creates a plain paragraph.
4350 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4351 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4352 this manual) are in the
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 You can nest a paragraph using the
4364 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4372 \begin_layout Subsection
4374 \begin_inset Index idx
4377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4386 \begin_layout Standard
4387 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 for thanks or contact information.
4397 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4398 page along with today's date.
4399 For other types of documents, the title
4400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4407 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4411 \begin_layout Standard
4412 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4426 Here's how you use them:
4429 \begin_layout Itemize
4430 Put the title of your document in the
4437 \begin_layout Itemize
4438 Put the author name in the
4445 \begin_layout Itemize
4446 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4447 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4453 Note that using this environment is optional.
4454 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4455 If you don't want any date, add the line
4456 \begin_inset Newline newline
4466 \begin_inset Newline newline
4469 to the preamble of your document (menu
4471 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4477 \begin_layout Standard
4478 You can use footnotes to insert
4479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4486 or contact information.
4489 \begin_layout Subsection
4491 \begin_inset Index idx
4494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4510 \begin_layout Standard
4511 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4512 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4515 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4517 \begin_inset Index idx
4520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4521 Section headings ! Numbered
4529 \begin_layout Standard
4530 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4534 \begin_layout Enumerate
4540 \begin_layout Enumerate
4546 \begin_layout Enumerate
4552 \begin_layout Enumerate
4558 \begin_layout Enumerate
4564 \begin_layout Enumerate
4570 \begin_layout Enumerate
4576 \begin_layout Standard
4577 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4578 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4579 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4582 \begin_layout Standard
4583 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4584 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4585 You group the book into chapters.
4586 LyX does similar grouping:
4589 \begin_layout Itemize
4594 is divided in either
4605 \begin_layout Itemize
4617 \begin_layout Itemize
4629 \begin_layout Itemize
4641 \begin_layout Itemize
4653 \begin_layout Itemize
4665 \begin_layout Standard
4666 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4674 Not all document types use the
4678 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4683 is the top-level heading.
4691 \begin_layout Standard
4696 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4697 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4699 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4711 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4713 \begin_inset Index idx
4716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4717 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4725 \begin_layout Standard
4726 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4730 \begin_layout Enumerate
4736 \begin_layout Enumerate
4742 \begin_layout Enumerate
4748 \begin_layout Enumerate
4754 \begin_layout Enumerate
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4769 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4770 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4771 table of contents, see section
4772 \begin_inset space ~
4776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4785 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4786 Changing the Numbering
4787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4789 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4796 \begin_layout Standard
4797 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4798 in the Table of Contents.
4799 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4801 Certain classes start with
4815 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4825 This is something you can change.
4828 \begin_layout Standard
4831 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4837 \begin_inset Index idx
4840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4851 \begin_inset space ~
4855 \begin_inset space ~
4860 you'll see two counters.
4865 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4867 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4871 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4872 Short Titles of Headings
4873 \begin_inset Index idx
4876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4877 Section headings ! Short titles
4883 \begin_inset Argument
4886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4895 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4902 \begin_layout Standard
4903 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4904 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4905 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4906 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4909 \begin_layout Standard
4910 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4911 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4912 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4913 To specify a short title, use the menu
4915 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4917 \begin_inset space ~
4923 This will insert a box labeled
4924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4939 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4940 This also works for captions inside floats.
4943 \begin_layout Standard
4944 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4947 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4952 The following information applies to all section headings:
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4959 \begin_layout Itemize
4960 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4963 \begin_layout Itemize
4964 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4967 \begin_layout Itemize
4968 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4971 \begin_layout Subsection
4972 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4975 \begin_layout Standard
4976 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4990 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4991 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4992 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4993 the text they contain.
4994 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5002 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5005 \begin_layout Standard
5006 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5015 when you start a new paragraph.
5016 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5020 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5021 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5022 to change back to the
5026 environment yourself.
5029 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5046 \begin_inset Index idx
5049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5058 \begin_layout Standard
5059 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5060 time for the differences.
5069 are identical except for one difference:
5073 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5082 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5085 \begin_layout Standard
5086 Here's an example of the
5099 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5101 See – no indentation!
5105 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5106 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5107 the other paragraph.
5110 \begin_layout Standard
5111 Here's another example, this time in the
5118 \begin_layout Quotation
5124 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5125 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5126 the first line, then
5130 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5134 you were quoting other text.
5137 \begin_layout Quotation
5138 Here's a new paragraph.
5139 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5140 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5143 \begin_layout Standard
5144 As the examples show,
5148 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5149 They should put quotes in the
5154 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5158 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5161 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5167 \begin_inset Index idx
5170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5179 \begin_inset Index idx
5182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5189 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5198 \begin_layout Standard
5203 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5209 \begin_inset Newline newline
5212 Which I did not rehearse!
5216 It could be much worse.
5217 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5219 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5220 indented a bit more than the first.
5221 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5227 \begin_inset Newline newline
5230 And make things look fine
5231 \begin_inset Newline newline
5237 arg "newline-insert newline"
5243 \begin_layout Standard
5248 does not indent both margins.
5249 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5250 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5257 arg "newline-insert newline"
5263 \begin_layout Subsection
5265 \begin_inset Index idx
5268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5284 \begin_layout Standard
5285 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5295 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5304 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5305 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5306 some general features of all four of them.
5309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5313 \begin_layout Standard
5314 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5316 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5325 reset the environment to
5329 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5330 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5331 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5335 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5338 to break paragraphs.
5341 \begin_layout Standard
5342 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5343 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5345 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5346 you read all of section
5347 \begin_inset space ~
5351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5353 reference "sec:Nesting"
5361 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5367 \begin_inset Index idx
5370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5386 \begin_layout Standard
5387 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5391 paragraph environment.
5392 It has the following properties:
5395 \begin_layout Itemize
5396 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5400 \begin_layout Itemize
5401 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5404 \begin_layout Itemize
5405 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5409 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 The items can have any length.
5411 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5412 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5419 \begin_layout Itemize
5424 environment inside another
5428 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5432 \begin_layout Itemize
5433 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5440 \begin_layout Itemize
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5448 reference "sec:Nesting"
5452 for a full explanation of nesting.
5456 \begin_layout Standard
5457 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5466 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5469 \begin_layout Standard
5470 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5471 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5474 \begin_layout Itemize
5475 The label for the first level
5479 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5483 \begin_layout Itemize
5484 The label for the second level is a dash.
5488 \begin_layout Itemize
5489 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5493 \begin_layout Itemize
5494 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5498 \begin_layout Itemize
5499 Back out to the third level.
5503 \begin_layout Itemize
5504 Back to the second level.
5508 \begin_layout Itemize
5509 Back to the outermost level.
5512 \begin_layout Standard
5513 These are the default labels for an
5518 You can customize these labels in the
5520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5523 dialog in the submenu
5530 \begin_inset Index idx
5533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5542 \begin_layout Standard
5543 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5544 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5546 \begin_inset space ~
5550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5552 reference "sec:Nesting"
5559 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5565 \begin_inset Index idx
5568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5577 name "sec:Enumerate"
5584 \begin_layout Standard
5589 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5590 It has these properties:
5593 \begin_layout Enumerate
5594 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5598 \begin_layout Enumerate
5599 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5603 \begin_layout Enumerate
5604 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5607 \begin_layout Enumerate
5612 environment resets the counter to one.
5615 \begin_layout Enumerate
5628 \begin_layout Enumerate
5629 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5630 Items can have any length.
5633 \begin_layout Enumerate
5634 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5637 \begin_layout Enumerate
5638 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5641 \begin_layout Enumerate
5642 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5646 \begin_layout Standard
5655 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5656 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5663 \begin_layout Enumerate
5664 The first level of an
5668 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5672 \begin_layout Enumerate
5673 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5677 \begin_layout Enumerate
5678 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5682 \begin_layout Enumerate
5683 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5686 \begin_layout Enumerate
5687 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 Back to the third level
5697 \begin_layout Enumerate
5698 Back to the second level.
5702 \begin_layout Enumerate
5703 Back to the outermost level.
5706 \begin_layout Standard
5707 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5712 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5717 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5721 \begin_layout Standard
5722 There is more to nesting
5726 environments than we've stated here.
5727 You should read section
5728 \begin_inset space ~
5732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5734 reference "sec:Nesting"
5738 to learn more about nesting.
5741 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5747 \begin_inset Index idx
5750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5759 \begin_layout Standard
5760 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5764 list has no fixed label.
5765 Instead, LyX uses the first
5766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5773 of the first line as the label.
5777 \begin_layout Description
5778 Example: This is an example of the
5785 \begin_layout Standard
5786 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5790 \begin_layout Standard
5792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5799 it is meant that the first hit of the
5803 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5805 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5813 arg "space-insert protected"
5818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5819 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5821 \begin_inset space ~
5827 \begin_inset space ~
5831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5833 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5837 for more info.) Here is an example:
5840 \begin_layout Description
5842 \begin_inset space ~
5845 Example: This one shows how to use a
5848 \begin_inset space ~
5860 \begin_layout Description
5861 Usage: You should use the
5865 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5866 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5868 It's not a good idea to use a
5872 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5873 You're better off using
5885 paragraphs into them.
5888 \begin_layout Description
5889 Nesting: You can nest
5893 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5897 \begin_layout Standard
5898 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5899 them from the first line.
5902 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5908 \begin_inset Index idx
5911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5920 \begin_layout Standard
5925 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5928 \begin_layout Standard
5929 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5942 environment is named
5954 \begin_layout Standard
5963 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5964 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5967 \begin_layout Labeling
5968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5970 \begin_inset space ~
5973 labels LyX uses the first
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5981 of each line as the item label.
5986 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5987 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5988 blank as described above.
5991 \begin_layout Labeling
5992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5993 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5994 the body of the item text.
5995 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5996 label width plus a little extra space.
6000 \begin_layout Labeling
6001 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6003 \begin_inset space ~
6006 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6008 If the label width is larger, the label
6009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6016 into the first line.
6017 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6018 margin of the rest of the item text.
6021 \begin_layout Labeling
6022 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6024 \begin_inset space ~
6027 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6032 environment have the same left margin.
6033 \begin_inset Newline newline
6036 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6039 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6041 \begin_inset space ~
6050 \begin_inset space ~
6055 determines the default label width.
6056 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6065 multiple times instead.
6066 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6075 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6078 \begin_inset space ~
6083 every time you alter a label in a
6088 \begin_inset Newline newline
6091 The predefined default width is the length of
6092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6101 \begin_inset Newline newline
6105 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6113 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6114 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6122 \begin_layout Standard
6127 environment the same way like the
6131 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6137 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6141 \begin_layout Standard
6146 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6148 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6150 \begin_inset space ~
6154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6156 reference "sec:Nesting"
6160 to learn about nesting.
6163 \begin_layout Standard
6164 There is yet another feature of the
6168 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6170 You can use additional
6174 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6179 are documented in section
6180 \begin_inset space ~
6184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6186 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6191 Here are some examples:
6192 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6198 \begin_layout Labeling
6199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6200 Left The default for
6207 \begin_layout Labeling
6208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6209 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6216 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6219 \begin_layout Labeling
6220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6221 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6225 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6232 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6235 \begin_layout Subsection
6237 \begin_inset Index idx
6240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6249 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6257 \begin_inset space ~
6265 \begin_layout Standard
6266 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6274 \begin_inset space ~
6280 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6281 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6282 In contrast, you can use the
6289 \begin_inset space ~
6294 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6295 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6299 \begin_layout Standard
6300 Of course, you're not limited to using
6307 \begin_inset space ~
6316 \begin_inset space ~
6321 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6322 some European academic papers.
6325 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6329 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6336 \begin_layout Standard
6341 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6342 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6346 \begin_inset space ~
6351 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6352 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6353 Here's an example of each:
6356 \begin_layout Right Address
6358 \begin_inset Newline newline
6362 \begin_inset Newline newline
6366 \begin_inset Newline newline
6369 When is it? What is today?
6372 \begin_layout Standard
6376 \begin_inset space ~
6382 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6383 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6384 Here's an example of the
6391 \begin_layout Address
6393 \begin_inset Newline newline
6396 Where do I send this
6397 \begin_inset Newline newline
6400 Your post office and country
6403 \begin_layout Standard
6404 As you can see, both
6411 \begin_inset space ~
6416 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6421 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6427 This makes sense, since
6435 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6436 Thus, you have to use
6443 arg "newline-insert newline"
6449 \begin_inset space ~
6452 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6454 \begin_inset space ~
6463 menu) to start a new line in an
6470 \begin_inset space ~
6478 \begin_layout Subsection
6482 \begin_layout Standard
6483 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6484 or list of references.
6485 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6488 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6492 \begin_inset Index idx
6495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6504 \begin_layout Standard
6509 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6510 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6511 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6512 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6516 in anything else or vice versa.
6522 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6523 The book document classes ignores the
6527 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6531 in a letter document class.
6534 \begin_layout Standard
6539 environment does several things for you.
6540 First, it puts the centered label
6541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6549 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6551 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6552 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6553 the subsequent text.
6554 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6555 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6558 \begin_layout Standard
6559 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6563 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6564 The new paragraph will still be in the
6569 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6570 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6573 \begin_layout Standard
6574 \begin_inset Float figure
6579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6581 \begin_inset Graphics
6582 filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
6589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6590 \begin_inset Caption
6592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6595 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6616 \begin_layout Standard
6617 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6621 environment, but since this document is in the
6622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6629 class, we can't do this.
6630 We inserted it therefore as figure
6631 \begin_inset space ~
6635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6637 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6642 If you've never heard of an
6643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6650 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6659 \begin_inset Index idx
6662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6671 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6678 \begin_layout Standard
6683 environment is used to list references.
6684 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6685 only use it at the end of the document.
6690 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6694 When you first open a
6698 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6714 depending on the document class.
6715 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6716 Each paragraph of the
6720 environment is a bibliography entry.
6725 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6726 Each new paragraph is still in the
6733 \begin_layout Standard
6734 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6735 by using a BibTeX database.
6736 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6737 phy handling, have a look at in section
6738 \begin_inset space ~
6742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6744 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6751 \begin_layout Subsection
6755 \begin_inset Index idx
6758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6759 Paragraph ! LyX code
6765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6774 \begin_layout Standard
6779 environment is another LyX extension.
6780 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6785 key as a fixed whitespace;
6789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6801 \begin_inset space ~
6806 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6811 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6812 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6815 arg "newline-insert newline"
6832 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6833 So, when you finish using the
6837 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6838 Also, you can nest the
6842 environment inside of others.
6845 \begin_layout Standard
6846 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6849 \begin_layout Itemize
6853 arg "newline-insert newline"
6856 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6861 \begin_inset space \space{}
6871 arg "newline-insert newline"
6877 \begin_layout Itemize
6881 arg "newline-insert newline"
6892 \begin_layout Itemize
6897 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6904 \begin_layout Itemize
6908 arg "space-insert protected"
6915 \begin_layout Itemize
6916 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6917 You must put at least one
6921 in any line you want blank.
6922 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6925 \begin_layout Itemize
6926 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6930 since that will insert
6935 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6938 arg "self-insert \""
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6948 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6952 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6956 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6960 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6964 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6965 printf("Hello World!
6970 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6974 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6978 \begin_layout Standard
6979 This is just the standard
6980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6991 \begin_layout Standard
6996 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6997 rc-files, and so on.
6998 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6999 as if you used a typewriter.
7000 \begin_inset Index idx
7003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7004 Paragraph environments|)
7012 \begin_layout Section
7013 Nesting Environments
7014 \begin_inset Index idx
7017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7018 Nesting ! Environments
7024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7033 \begin_layout Subsection
7037 \begin_layout Standard
7038 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7040 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7042 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7044 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7056 \begin_layout Enumerate
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7065 \begin_layout Enumerate
7069 \begin_layout Enumerate
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7078 \begin_layout Standard
7079 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7080 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7083 \begin_inset space ~
7087 \begin_inset space ~
7095 \begin_inset space ~
7099 \begin_inset space ~
7108 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7109 will tell you how far you are nested).
7110 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7111 \begin_inset Graphics
7112 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
7117 \begin_inset Graphics
7118 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
7122 or the convenient key bindings
7133 arg "depth-increment"
7139 arg "depth-decrement"
7142 to change the nesting level.
7143 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7144 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7148 \begin_layout Standard
7149 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7150 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7151 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7152 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7155 \begin_layout Standard
7156 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7157 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7159 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7162 \begin_layout Subsection
7163 What You Can and Can't Nest
7166 \begin_layout Standard
7167 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7168 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7171 \begin_layout Standard
7172 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7173 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7174 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7177 \begin_layout Itemize
7178 Completely unnestable
7181 \begin_layout Itemize
7182 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7186 \begin_layout Itemize
7187 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7191 \begin_layout Standard
7192 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7193 environments have them:
7196 \begin_layout Description
7197 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7198 Can't nest into them.
7202 \begin_layout Itemize
7208 \begin_layout Itemize
7214 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Itemize
7226 \begin_layout Itemize
7233 \begin_layout Description
7235 \begin_inset space ~
7238 Nestable You can nest them.
7239 You can nest other things into them.
7243 \begin_layout Itemize
7249 \begin_layout Itemize
7255 \begin_layout Itemize
7261 \begin_layout Itemize
7267 \begin_layout Itemize
7273 \begin_layout Itemize
7279 \begin_layout Itemize
7285 \begin_layout Itemize
7292 \begin_layout Description
7293 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7294 You can't nest anything into them.
7298 \begin_layout Itemize
7304 \begin_layout Itemize
7310 \begin_layout Itemize
7316 \begin_layout Itemize
7322 \begin_layout Itemize
7328 \begin_layout Itemize
7334 \begin_layout Itemize
7340 \begin_layout Itemize
7346 \begin_layout Itemize
7352 \begin_layout Itemize
7358 \begin_layout Itemize
7364 \begin_layout Itemize
7370 \begin_layout Itemize
7376 \begin_layout Itemize
7380 \begin_inset space ~
7386 \begin_layout Itemize
7393 \begin_layout Standard
7394 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7402 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7411 \begin_inset space ~
7415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7419 \begin_inset space \space{}
7422 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7423 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7424 section headings violate this.
7432 \begin_layout Subsection
7433 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7434 \begin_inset Index idx
7437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7438 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7446 \begin_layout Standard
7447 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7448 affected by nesting anyhow.
7452 \begin_layout Itemize
7456 \begin_layout Itemize
7460 \begin_layout Itemize
7464 \begin_layout Standard
7466 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7474 Figures and tables in
7478 are not affected by this.
7483 Have a look at section
7484 \begin_inset space ~
7488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7490 reference "sec:Floats"
7494 for more information about
7501 \begin_layout Standard
7502 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7503 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7507 \begin_layout Standard
7508 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7516 of its own, it behaves just like a
7517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7524 paragraph environment.
7525 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7529 \begin_layout Standard
7530 Here's an example with a table:
7533 \begin_layout Enumerate
7538 \begin_layout Enumerate
7539 This is (a) and it's nested.
7543 \begin_layout Standard
7544 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7550 \begin_layout Standard
7552 \begin_inset Tabular
7553 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7554 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7555 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7640 \begin_layout Standard
7641 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7648 \begin_layout Enumerate
7650 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7654 \begin_layout Enumerate
7658 \begin_layout Standard
7659 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7662 \begin_layout Enumerate
7667 \begin_layout Enumerate
7668 This is (a) and it's nested.
7672 \begin_layout Standard
7673 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7679 \begin_layout Standard
7681 \begin_inset Tabular
7682 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7683 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7769 \begin_layout Standard
7770 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7776 \begin_layout Enumerate
7783 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7786 \begin_layout Enumerate
7790 \begin_layout Standard
7791 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7795 \begin_layout Standard
7796 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7798 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7801 \begin_layout Enumerate
7806 \begin_layout Enumerate
7807 This is (a) and it's nested.
7810 \begin_layout Standard
7811 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7817 \begin_layout Standard
7819 \begin_inset Tabular
7820 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7821 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7822 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7823 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7907 \begin_layout Standard
7908 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7914 \begin_layout Enumerate
7916 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7924 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 \begin_layout Standard
7929 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7935 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7936 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7940 \begin_layout Subsection
7941 Usage and General Features
7944 \begin_layout Standard
7945 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7954 is the innermost possible depth.
7955 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7958 \begin_layout Enumerate
7959 level #1 – outermost
7963 \begin_layout Enumerate
7968 \begin_layout Enumerate
7973 \begin_layout Enumerate
7978 \begin_layout Itemize
7983 \begin_layout Itemize
7992 \begin_layout Standard
7993 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7994 both of them in the example.
7995 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8005 For example, if we tried to nest another
8010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8017 , we would get errors.
8020 \begin_layout Subsection
8022 \begin_inset Index idx
8025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8034 \begin_layout Standard
8035 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8036 We have several examples of nested environments.
8037 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8041 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8042 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8045 \begin_layout Labeling
8046 \labelwidthstring MMM
8047 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8056 \begin_layout Labeling
8057 \labelwidthstring MMM
8058 #2-a This is level #2.
8059 We created it by using
8062 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8068 arg "depth-increment"
8075 \begin_layout Labeling
8076 \labelwidthstring MMM
8077 #3-a This is level #3.
8078 This time, we just hit
8085 arg "depth-increment"
8089 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8093 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8099 arg "depth-increment"
8106 \begin_layout Standard
8111 environment, nested inside of
8112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8120 So, it's at level #4.
8121 We did this by hitting
8124 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8130 arg "depth-increment"
8133 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8138 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8154 \begin_layout Standard
8159 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8162 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8168 \begin_layout Labeling
8169 \labelwidthstring MMM
8170 #4-a This is level #4.
8174 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8177 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8182 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8186 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8191 keep nesting things inside
8192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8203 \begin_layout Labeling
8204 \labelwidthstring MMM
8205 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8210 \begin_layout Labeling
8211 \labelwidthstring MMM
8212 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8213 and this is level #6.
8214 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8218 \begin_layout Labeling
8219 \labelwidthstring MMM
8220 #5-b Back to level #5.
8224 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8230 arg "depth-decrement"
8237 \begin_layout Labeling
8238 \labelwidthstring MMM
8242 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8248 arg "depth-decrement"
8251 , we're back at level #4.
8255 \begin_layout Labeling
8256 \labelwidthstring MMM
8257 #3-b Back to level #3.
8258 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8262 \begin_layout Labeling
8263 \labelwidthstring MMM
8264 #2-b Back to level #2.
8269 \begin_layout Labeling
8270 \labelwidthstring MMM
8271 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8272 After this sentence, we'll hit
8276 and change the paragraph environment back to
8283 \begin_layout Standard
8284 We could have also used the
8300 environment in place of the
8305 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8309 Example 2: Inheritance
8312 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8313 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8316 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8325 arg "depth-increment"
8328 , after which, we'll change to the
8336 \begin_layout Enumerate
8341 environment, at level #2.
8344 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 Notice how the nested
8349 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8353 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8357 \begin_layout Standard
8358 We ended this example by hitting
8363 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8367 and reset the nesting depth by using
8370 arg "depth-decrement"
8376 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8377 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8386 \begin_inset Argument
8389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8390 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8398 \begin_layout Enumerate
8399 This is level #1, in an
8403 paragraph environment.
8404 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8408 \begin_layout Enumerate
8413 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8419 arg "depth-increment"
8423 Now, what happens if we nest an
8427 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8428 label be? An asterisk?
8432 \begin_layout Itemize
8442 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8443 So, its label is a bullet.
8444 (We got here by using
8447 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8453 arg "depth-increment"
8456 , then changing the environment to
8464 \begin_layout Itemize
8465 Here's level #4, produced using
8468 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8474 arg "depth-increment"
8478 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8483 \begin_layout Enumerate
8484 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8486 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8491 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8495 , because we are in the
8504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8523 \begin_layout Enumerate
8528 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8529 type of numbering does LyX use?
8532 \begin_layout Enumerate
8533 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8536 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8539 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8542 \begin_layout Enumerate
8546 arg "depth-decrement"
8549 to decrease the depth after the next
8552 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8559 \begin_layout Enumerate
8561 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8565 \begin_layout Enumerate
8567 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8568 numeral as the label.Why?
8571 \begin_layout Enumerate
8572 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8581 Notice, however, that LyX
8585 reset the counter for the label.
8589 \begin_layout Enumerate
8593 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8599 arg "depth-decrement"
8602 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8603 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8604 into the twofold-nested
8612 \begin_layout Enumerate
8613 The same thing happens if we do another
8616 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8622 arg "depth-decrement"
8625 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8629 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8634 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8648 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8654 The same rule applies for the
8658 environment, as well.
8661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8662 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8665 \begin_layout Enumerate
8666 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8667 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8668 same detail with how we did it.
8677 \begin_layout Standard
8685 arg "depth-increment"
8692 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8693 example in parentheses someplace.
8694 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8695 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8696 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8700 \begin_layout Enumerate
8705 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8710 Now we'll add verse.
8711 \begin_inset Newline newline
8714 It will get much worse.
8715 \begin_inset Newline newline
8725 arg "depth-increment"
8736 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8737 \begin_inset Newline newline
8740 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8741 \begin_inset Newline newline
8747 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8760 \begin_layout Standard
8761 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8767 \begin_layout Standard
8769 \begin_inset Tabular
8770 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8771 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8862 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8872 arg "depth-increment"
8878 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8888 arg "depth-decrement"
8895 \begin_layout Enumerate
8900 : level #1) This is another item.
8901 Note that selecting a
8905 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8906 3 times to put the table inside the
8914 \begin_layout Quotation
8915 We're now ending the
8919 list and changing to
8924 We're still at level #1.
8925 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8926 The next set of paragraphs is a
8927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8941 \begin_inset space ~
8946 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8950 for the letter body.
8954 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8957 to preserve the depth.
8958 Remember that you need to use
8961 arg "newline-insert newline"
8964 to create multiple lines inside the
8971 \begin_inset space ~
8981 \begin_layout Right Address
8983 \begin_inset Newline newline
8986 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8987 \begin_inset Newline newline
8993 \begin_layout Address
8995 \begin_inset space ~
9001 \begin_layout Quotation
9002 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9006 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9007 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9008 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9009 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9010 as soon as possible.
9011 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9014 \begin_layout Quotation
9015 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9016 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9017 with your order, along with payment.
9020 \begin_layout Quotation
9021 We thank you again for your patience.
9024 \begin_layout Address
9026 \begin_inset Newline newline
9033 \begin_layout Quotation
9034 That ends that example!
9037 \begin_layout Standard
9038 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9039 just a few keystrokes.
9040 We could have easily nested an
9061 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9064 \begin_layout Section
9065 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9066 \begin_inset Index idx
9069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9078 \begin_layout Standard
9079 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9080 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9081 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9082 be broken at the end of a line.
9083 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9087 \begin_layout Subsection
9089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9091 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9096 \begin_inset Index idx
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9111 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9115 Further documentation is given in section
9116 \begin_inset Newline newline
9120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9122 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9130 \begin_layout Standard
9131 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9146 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9155 A protected space is set with
9157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9158 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9162 \begin_inset space ~
9172 arg "space-insert protected"
9178 \begin_layout Subsection
9180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9182 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9187 \begin_inset Index idx
9190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9191 Spacing ! Horizontal
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9200 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9202 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9203 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9207 The length units are listed in Appendix
9208 \begin_inset space ~
9212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9214 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9221 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9225 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9230 \begin_inset Index idx
9233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9242 \begin_layout Standard
9244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9248 \begin_inset space \space{}
9251 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9252 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9259 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9264 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9265 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9268 arg "space-insert normal"
9274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9278 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9283 \begin_inset Index idx
9286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9295 \begin_layout Standard
9297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9304 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9313 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9314 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9315 inside abbreviations:
9320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9324 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9327 \begin_layout Standard
9328 or between values and units.
9329 Compare for example this:
9330 \begin_inset Newline newline
9334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9338 \begin_inset Newline newline
9344 \begin_layout Standard
9345 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9348 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9350 \begin_inset space ~
9358 arg "space-insert thin"
9364 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9368 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9375 \begin_layout Standard
9376 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9379 \begin_layout Description
9381 \begin_inset space ~
9385 \begin_inset space ~
9389 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9393 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9397 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9400 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9403 \begin_layout Description
9405 \begin_inset space ~
9409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9413 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9417 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9421 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9428 em) space between the arrows.
9431 \begin_layout Description
9433 \begin_inset space ~
9437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9441 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9445 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9449 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9453 \begin_inset space ~
9457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9460 em) space between the arrows.
9463 \begin_layout Description
9465 \begin_inset space ~
9469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9473 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9477 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9481 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9485 \begin_inset space ~
9489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9492 em) space between the arrows.
9495 \begin_layout Description
9497 \begin_inset space ~
9501 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9505 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9510 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9517 cm space between the arrows.
9520 \begin_layout Standard
9522 \begin_inset space ~
9526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9528 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9532 lists the different space sizes.
9535 \begin_layout Standard
9536 \begin_inset Float table
9541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9543 \begin_inset Caption
9545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9548 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9552 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9562 \begin_inset Tabular
9563 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9564 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9566 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9678 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9693 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9789 \begin_inset Index idx
9792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9803 in a uniform fashion.
9804 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9805 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9806 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9807 equally between themselves.
9811 \begin_layout Standard
9812 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9817 This is on the left side
9818 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9821 This is on the right
9827 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9831 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9840 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9844 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9848 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9854 \begin_layout Standard
9855 That was an example in the
9861 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9865 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9869 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9872 is one in a standard paragraph.
9873 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9877 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9880 \begin_layout Standard
9881 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9884 \begin_inset space ~
9889 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9892 \begin_layout Standard
9894 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9898 \begin_inset space ~
9904 \begin_layout Standard
9906 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9916 \begin_layout Standard
9918 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9922 \begin_inset space ~
9928 \begin_layout Standard
9930 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9934 \begin_inset space ~
9940 \begin_layout Standard
9942 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9946 \begin_inset space ~
9952 \begin_layout Standard
9954 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9958 \begin_inset space ~
9964 \begin_layout Standard
9965 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9973 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9977 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9978 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9979 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9983 option in the space dialog.
9991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9993 \begin_inset Index idx
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10006 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10012 \begin_inset space \space{}
10015 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10018 \begin_layout Standard
10019 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10022 What is correct English?:
10023 \begin_inset Newline newline
10027 \begin_inset Newline newline
10031 \begin_inset space ~
10034 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10035 \begin_inset Newline newline
10039 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10050 \begin_inset Newline newline
10054 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10065 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10071 \begin_layout Standard
10072 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10077 \begin_inset space ~
10081 \begin_inset space ~
10085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10089 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10092 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10096 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10102 \begin_inset space ~
10106 \begin_inset space ~
10110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10113 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10122 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10123 That is why it is named
10124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10132 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10133 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10137 \begin_layout Subsection
10139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10141 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10146 \begin_inset Index idx
10149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10158 \begin_layout Standard
10159 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10162 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10164 \begin_inset space ~
10170 There you find the following sizes:
10173 \begin_layout Standard
10186 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10191 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10193 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10197 \begin_inset Index idx
10200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10201 Document ! Settings
10206 for the paragraph separation.
10207 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10218 \begin_layout Standard
10224 \begin_inset Index idx
10227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10233 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10234 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10236 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10237 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10246 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10255 s are described in section
10256 \begin_inset space ~
10260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10262 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10271 If there are several
10275 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10276 You can therefore use
10280 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10283 \begin_layout Standard
10288 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10289 \begin_inset space ~
10293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10295 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10302 \begin_layout Standard
10303 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10313 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10314 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10326 \begin_layout Subsection
10327 Paragraph Alignment
10330 \begin_layout Standard
10331 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10333 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10337 There are five possibilities:
10340 \begin_layout Itemize
10348 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10354 \begin_layout Itemize
10362 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10368 \begin_layout Itemize
10376 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10382 \begin_layout Itemize
10390 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10396 \begin_layout Itemize
10404 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10410 \begin_layout Standard
10411 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10412 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10413 the left and right margins.
10414 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10417 \begin_layout Standard
10419 This paragraph is right aligned,
10422 \begin_layout Standard
10424 this one is centered,
10427 \begin_layout Standard
10429 this one is left aligned.
10432 \begin_layout Subsection
10434 \begin_inset Index idx
10437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10438 Page breaks ! Forced
10444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10446 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10454 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10455 can force a page break where you want one.
10456 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10457 Only if you use a lot of
10461 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10464 \begin_layout Standard
10465 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10466 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10470 have to change the page breaking.
10473 \begin_layout Standard
10474 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10476 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10479 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10481 \begin_inset space ~
10487 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10490 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10492 \begin_inset space ~
10497 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10499 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10500 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10503 \begin_layout Standard
10504 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10505 at the top of a page.
10506 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10507 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10508 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10509 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10513 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10517 to learn more about
10524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10528 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10533 \begin_inset Index idx
10536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10537 Page breaks ! Clear
10545 \begin_layout Standard
10546 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10547 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10548 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10549 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10550 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10553 \begin_layout Standard
10554 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10557 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10559 \begin_inset space ~
10565 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10568 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10570 \begin_inset space ~
10574 \begin_inset space ~
10579 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10580 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10583 \begin_layout Subsection
10585 \begin_inset Index idx
10588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10597 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10604 \begin_layout Standard
10605 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10607 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10609 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10610 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10612 \begin_inset space ~
10616 \begin_inset space ~
10624 arg "newline-insert newline"
10628 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10631 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10633 \begin_inset space ~
10637 \begin_inset space ~
10642 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10644 This is necessary to avoid
10645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10652 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10655 \begin_layout Standard
10656 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10657 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10658 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10659 set a line break, e.
10660 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10664 \begin_inset space \space{}
10667 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10668 \begin_inset space ~
10672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10674 reference "sec:Quote"
10679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10681 reference "sec:Verse"
10686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10688 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10695 \begin_layout Subsection
10697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10699 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10704 \begin_inset Index idx
10707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10716 \begin_layout Standard
10718 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10729 \begin_layout Standard
10732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10733 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10735 \begin_inset space ~
10740 you can insert horizontal lines.
10741 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10742 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10745 \begin_layout Standard
10747 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10758 \begin_layout Standard
10762 \begin_layout Section
10763 Characters and Symbols
10766 \begin_layout Standard
10767 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10768 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10773 \begin_inset space \space{}
10776 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10784 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10788 for information on how this is done.
10791 \begin_layout Standard
10792 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10797 dialog via the menu
10799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10800 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10806 \begin_layout Standard
10807 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10815 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10816 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10817 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10825 \begin_layout Section
10826 Fonts and Text Styles
10827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10829 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10836 \begin_layout Subsection
10838 \begin_inset Index idx
10841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10850 \begin_layout Standard
10851 There are two types of fonts:
10854 \begin_layout Description
10856 \begin_inset space ~
10860 \begin_inset Index idx
10863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10869 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10874 characters) in the font.
10875 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10876 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10877 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10878 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10879 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10880 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10881 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10882 \begin_inset Newline newline
10885 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10886 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10887 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10888 sizes than at small ones.
10889 \begin_inset Newline newline
10903 \begin_inset space ~
10911 \begin_layout Description
10913 \begin_inset space ~
10917 \begin_inset Index idx
10920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10926 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10927 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10928 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10929 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10930 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10931 picture manipulation program.
10932 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10933 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10934 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10935 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10936 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10938 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10939 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10940 \begin_inset Newline newline
10943 Bitmap fonts are named
10946 \begin_inset space ~
10951 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10954 \begin_layout Standard
10955 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10956 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10957 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10958 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10959 use scalable fonts.
10962 \begin_layout Standard
10963 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10964 its document properties.
10967 \begin_layout Standard
10968 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10969 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10970 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10971 font to emphasize text, you use an
10972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10980 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10981 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10985 \begin_layout Subsection
10986 Document Font and Font size
10987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10989 name "sub:Document-Font"
10994 \begin_inset Index idx
10997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11004 \begin_inset Index idx
11007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11016 \begin_layout Standard
11017 You can set the document fonts in the
11019 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11023 \begin_inset Index idx
11026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11027 Document ! Settings
11033 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
11034 font shapes roman (serif),
11037 \begin_inset space ~
11049 \begin_layout Standard
11050 The possible options for the font include
11054 and a list of fonts available on your system.
11059 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
11060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11081 European Computer Modern
11084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11094 \begin_layout Standard
11103 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11104 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11109 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11112 \begin_inset space ~
11117 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11123 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11124 There are three ways to use one:
11127 \begin_layout Itemize
11128 One way is to use the
11138 Virtual means that it
11139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11150 -glyphs from other fonts.
11151 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11173 Loading the LaTeX-package
11178 \begin_inset Index idx
11181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11182 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11187 with the document preamble line
11188 \begin_inset Newline newline
11195 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11196 \begin_inset Newline newline
11201 will fix the guillemet problem.
11206 and that accented characters are not
11210 glyph, they are build of
11214 characters, the accent and the letter.
11215 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11219 fonts for words with accented characters.
11220 If you search for example for the French word
11221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11228 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11237 and not for the glyph
11238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11242 \begin_inset space ~
11246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11252 \begin_layout Itemize
11253 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11266 , consist of these three main font types
11269 \begin_inset space ~
11298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11302 \begin_inset space ~
11309 as typewriter font.
11310 \begin_inset Newline newline
11313 The differences between roman,
11316 \begin_inset space ~
11325 fonts are explained in section
11326 \begin_inset space ~
11330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11332 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11337 \begin_inset Newline newline
11344 was originally designed for newspapers.
11345 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11346 into the small newspaper columns.
11351 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11354 \begin_layout Itemize
11355 The best solution is to use the
11364 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11368 as the default font.
11369 In most cases they look the same as
11377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11378 One difference is improved kerning for the
11391 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11402 \begin_layout Standard
11403 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11406 For the font size there are four possible values:
11423 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11426 \begin_layout Standard
11427 The font sizes are the
11432 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11433 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11434 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11437 \begin_inset space ~
11443 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11444 \begin_inset space ~
11448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11450 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11457 \begin_layout Standard
11462 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11463 a font to display the script characters.
11467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11468 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11473 So this has no effect for the document language
11489 \begin_layout Standard
11490 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11494 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11502 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11506 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11507 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11508 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11510 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11513 dialog, see section
11514 \begin_inset space ~
11518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11520 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11532 \begin_layout Subsection
11533 Using Different Character Styles
11534 \begin_inset Index idx
11537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11544 \begin_inset Index idx
11547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11556 \begin_layout Standard
11557 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11558 certain paragraph environments.
11559 LyX supports two character styles,
11568 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11572 \begin_layout Standard
11577 style, do one of the following:
11580 \begin_layout Itemize
11581 click on the toolbar button
11582 \begin_inset Graphics
11583 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
11590 \begin_layout Itemize
11591 use the key binding
11600 \begin_layout Standard
11601 These commands are all toggles.
11606 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11609 \begin_layout Standard
11610 One typically uses the
11614 style for proper names.
11616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11623 is the original author of LyX.
11624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11630 \begin_layout Standard
11631 A more widely used character style is the
11636 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11643 \begin_layout Itemize
11644 clicking on the toolbar button
11645 \begin_inset Graphics
11646 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
11653 \begin_layout Itemize
11654 using the keybindings
11663 \begin_layout Standard
11668 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11669 es use a different font.
11672 \begin_layout Standard
11673 We've been using the
11677 style all over the place in this document.
11678 Here's one more example:
11681 \begin_layout Quotation
11684 Don't overuse character styles!
11687 \begin_layout Standard
11688 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11689 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11690 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11691 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11695 \begin_layout Standard
11696 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11704 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11706 \begin_inset space ~
11714 \begin_layout Subsection
11715 Fine-Tuning with the
11720 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11722 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11727 \begin_inset Index idx
11730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11739 \begin_layout Standard
11740 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11741 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11742 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11743 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11744 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11745 from ordinary dialog.
11748 \begin_layout Standard
11749 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11750 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11751 \begin_inset Newline newline
11754 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11755 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11758 \begin_layout Standard
11759 To use custom character styles, open the
11761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11763 \begin_inset space ~
11769 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11770 font property which you can choose.
11771 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11774 \begin_inset space ~
11779 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11784 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11785 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11786 environments in a snap.
11789 \begin_layout Standard
11790 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11793 \begin_inset space ~
11805 \begin_layout Labeling
11806 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11820 The possible options are:
11824 \begin_layout Labeling
11825 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11830 This is the Roman font family.
11831 Normally a serif font.
11832 It's also the default family.
11842 \begin_layout Labeling
11843 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11847 \begin_inset space ~
11854 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11866 \begin_layout Labeling
11867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11874 This is the Typewriter font family.
11880 arg "font-typewriter"
11889 \begin_layout Labeling
11890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11895 This corresponds to the print weight.
11900 \begin_layout Labeling
11901 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11906 This is the Medium font series.
11907 It's also the default series.
11910 \begin_layout Labeling
11911 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11918 This is the Bold font series.
11931 \begin_layout Labeling
11932 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11937 As the name implies.
11942 \begin_layout Labeling
11943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11948 This is the Upright font shape.
11949 It's also the default shape.
11952 \begin_layout Labeling
11953 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11967 s the Italic font shape
11973 \begin_layout Labeling
11974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11981 This is the Slanted font shape
11983 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11986 \begin_layout Labeling
11987 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11991 \begin_inset space ~
11998 This is the Small caps font shape
12005 \begin_layout Labeling
12006 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12011 Alters the size of the font.
12012 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12013 nal to the document font size.
12014 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12015 what you want to do.
12020 \begin_layout Labeling
12021 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12042 arg "font-size tiny"
12048 \begin_layout Labeling
12049 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12070 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12076 \begin_layout Labeling
12077 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12098 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12104 \begin_layout Labeling
12105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12126 arg "font-size small"
12132 \begin_layout Labeling
12133 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12147 It's also the default size.
12151 arg "font-size normal"
12157 \begin_layout Labeling
12158 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12179 arg "font-size large"
12185 \begin_layout Labeling
12186 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12207 arg "font-size larger"
12213 \begin_layout Labeling
12214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12235 arg "font-size largest"
12241 \begin_layout Labeling
12242 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12263 arg "font-size huge"
12269 \begin_layout Labeling
12270 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12291 arg "font-size giant"
12298 \begin_layout Standard
12303 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12304 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12305 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12306 — use that instead.
12307 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12310 \begin_layout Labeling
12311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12316 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12321 \begin_layout Labeling
12322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12329 This is text with emphasize on
12332 This might seem like the same as
12336 , but it is actually a bit different.
12342 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12344 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12347 \begin_layout Labeling
12348 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12355 This is text with Underbar on.
12361 arg "font-underline"
12367 \begin_inset Newline newline
12372 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12373 when you couldn't change fonts.
12374 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12375 It's only included in LyX because some people
12379 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12382 \begin_layout Labeling
12383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12390 This is text with Noun on.
12397 , this is a logical attribute.
12398 Normally it's equivalent to
12401 \begin_inset space ~
12410 \begin_layout Labeling
12411 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12416 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12417 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12421 \begin_inset space ~
12426 , which is the default
12427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12434 and means normally black, you can choose between
12467 \begin_inset Index idx
12470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12479 \begin_layout Labeling
12480 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12485 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12486 the language of the document.
12487 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12491 \begin_layout Standard
12492 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12493 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12495 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12497 \begin_inset space ~
12502 dialog, the settings are saved.
12503 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12504 \begin_inset Graphics
12505 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
12510 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12511 when the dialog isn't visible.
12515 \begin_layout Standard
12516 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12523 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12524 (suppose you just set the shape to
12525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12543 \begin_inset space ~
12555 \begin_layout Standard
12556 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12564 \begin_inset space ~
12576 \begin_layout Itemize
12582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12589 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12607 \begin_inset Newline newline
12611 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12625 \begin_inset Note Note
12628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12629 For more on phantoms see section
12630 \begin_inset space ~
12634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12636 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12646 \begin_inset Newline newline
12652 \begin_layout Itemize
12657 fonts use characters with serifs.
12658 These are the small
12659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12666 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12667 The following example will show the difference:
12668 \begin_inset Newline newline
12672 \begin_inset Newline newline
12677 text without serifs
12680 \begin_inset Newline newline
12683 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12684 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12691 \begin_layout Itemize
12697 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12698 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12701 \begin_layout Standard
12702 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12703 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12706 \begin_layout Section
12707 Printing and Previewing
12710 \begin_layout Subsection
12714 \begin_layout Standard
12715 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12716 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12717 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12718 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12719 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12721 Additional Features
12726 \begin_layout Standard
12727 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12728 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12729 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12730 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12731 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12732 This happens in two stages:
12735 \begin_layout Enumerate
12736 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12737 generating a file with the extension,
12738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12752 \begin_layout Enumerate
12753 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12757 file to produce printable output.
12761 \begin_layout Subsection
12762 Output file formats
12763 \begin_inset Index idx
12766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12775 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12784 \begin_inset Index idx
12787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12788 File formats ! ASCII
12796 \begin_layout Standard
12797 This file type has the extension
12798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12810 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12814 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12821 \begin_layout Standard
12822 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12824 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12825 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12831 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12833 \begin_inset Index idx
12836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12837 File formats ! LaTeX
12845 \begin_layout Standard
12846 This file type has the extension
12847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12858 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12860 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12861 it manually with console commands.
12862 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12863 you view or export your document.
12866 \begin_layout Standard
12867 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12869 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12870 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12889 \begin_inset Index idx
12892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12901 \begin_layout Standard
12902 This file type has the extension
12903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12923 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12924 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12925 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12929 \begin_layout Standard
12930 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12931 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12932 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12933 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12935 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12939 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12941 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12942 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12948 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12950 \begin_inset Index idx
12953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12954 File formats ! PostScript
12962 \begin_layout Standard
12963 This file type has the extension
12964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12976 PostScript was developed by the company
12980 as a printer language.
12981 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12983 PostScript can be seen as a
12984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12987 programming language
12988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12991 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12996 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13002 \begin_inset Index idx
13005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13006 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13016 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13019 \begin_layout Standard
13020 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13024 Encapsulated PostScript
13025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13028 (EPS, file extension
13029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13041 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13042 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13044 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13047 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13051 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13052 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13053 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13054 EPS to avoid this problem.
13057 \begin_layout Standard
13058 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13060 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13061 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13067 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13069 \begin_inset Index idx
13072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13079 \begin_inset Index idx
13082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13091 \begin_layout Standard
13092 This file type has the extension
13093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13109 Portable Document Format
13110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13117 was derived from PostScript.
13118 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13127 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13128 looks exactly the same.
13131 \begin_layout Standard
13132 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13136 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13140 (JPG, file extension
13141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13168 Portable Network Graphics
13169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13172 (PNG, file extension
13173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13185 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13186 in the background to one of these formats.
13187 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13188 will slow down your workflow.
13189 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13192 \begin_layout Standard
13193 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13195 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13198 in three different ways:
13201 \begin_layout Description
13202 PDF This uses the program
13206 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13207 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13211 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13212 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13215 \begin_layout Description
13217 \begin_inset space ~
13220 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13224 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13228 \begin_layout Description
13230 \begin_inset space ~
13233 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13237 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13240 \begin_layout Standard
13241 We recommend to use
13244 \begin_inset space ~
13253 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13254 works without problems.
13259 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13264 \begin_inset Index idx
13267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13268 FileFormats ! XHTML
13274 \begin_inset Index idx
13277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13287 This file type has the extension
13288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13300 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13301 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13302 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13303 suitable for the purpose.
13304 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13305 it, but not all do.
13308 \begin_layout Standard
13309 XHTML output remains
13310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13317 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13322 LyX and the World Wide Web
13323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13328 Additional Features
13330 manual, for more information.
13333 \begin_layout Standard
13334 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13336 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13337 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13343 \begin_layout Subsection
13345 \begin_inset Index idx
13348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13357 \begin_layout Standard
13358 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13359 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13363 and choose a file type.
13364 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13367 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13370 you can use the toolbar button
13371 \begin_inset Graphics
13372 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13379 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13384 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13386 \begin_inset space ~
13392 \begin_inset Graphics
13393 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13399 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13403 \begin_inset Graphics
13404 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13411 arg "buffer-view ps"
13417 \begin_layout Standard
13418 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13419 viewer window using the menu
13421 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13427 \begin_layout Standard
13428 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13430 To have a real output, export your document.
13433 \begin_layout Subsection
13434 Printing the File from within LyX
13435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13437 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13444 \begin_layout Standard
13445 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13446 it directly from within LyX.
13447 To print a file, select the menu
13449 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13452 or click on the toolbar button
13453 \begin_inset Graphics
13454 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
13459 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13460 This file is then processed by the program
13464 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13469 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13472 \begin_layout Standard
13473 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13474 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13475 printing one set to print on the other side.
13476 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13477 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13478 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13481 \begin_layout Standard
13482 You can set the parameters in the
13485 \begin_inset space ~
13493 \begin_layout Labeling
13494 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13499 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13504 Note that this printer name is for the program
13513 has to be configured for this printer name.
13514 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13515 \begin_inset space ~
13519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13521 reference "sub:Printer"
13530 The printer should understand PostScript.
13533 \begin_layout Labeling
13534 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13539 The name of a file to print to.
13540 The output will be a PostScript file.
13541 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13545 \begin_layout Section
13546 A few Words about Typography
13547 \begin_inset Index idx
13550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13559 \begin_layout Subsection
13561 \begin_inset Index idx
13564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13573 \begin_layout Standard
13575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13586 character comes in four lengths: the
13598 , and the minus sign:
13599 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13605 \begin_layout Standard
13606 \begin_inset Tabular
13607 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13608 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13609 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13610 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13611 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13612 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13641 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13681 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13708 \begin_inset space ~
13711 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13718 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13745 \begin_inset space ~
13748 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13769 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13803 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13809 \begin_layout Standard
13810 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13822 character multiple times in a row.
13823 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13824 the final output, but not in LyX.
13826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13856 \begin_layout Standard
13857 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13858 math mode and has a length of its own.
13859 Here are some examples of the
13860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13874 \begin_layout Enumerate
13875 line- and page-breaks
13876 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13886 \begin_layout Enumerate
13888 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13898 \begin_layout Enumerate
13899 Oh — there's a dash.
13900 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13910 \begin_layout Enumerate
13911 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13915 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13925 \begin_layout Subsection
13927 \begin_inset Index idx
13930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13937 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13939 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13946 \begin_layout Standard
13947 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13948 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13953 \begin_inset Index idx
13956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13957 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13962 following the rules of the document language
13966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13967 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13975 \begin_inset space ~
13979 \begin_inset space ~
13986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13997 \begin_layout Standard
13998 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14003 font and with unusual constructs, like
14004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14012 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14013 This is done with the menu
14015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14016 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14018 \begin_inset space ~
14024 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14025 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14028 \begin_layout Standard
14029 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14030 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14040 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14048 as a hyphenation possibility.
14049 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14050 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14051 as described in section
14052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14055 Prevent Hyphenation
14056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14066 \begin_layout Subsection
14068 \begin_inset Index idx
14071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14081 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14084 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14091 \begin_layout Standard
14092 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14093 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14094 LaTeX then adds the
14095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14098 appropriate amount of space
14099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14103 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14105 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14108 \begin_layout Standard
14109 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14110 not work in all cases.
14112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14123 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14124 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14127 \begin_layout Standard
14128 Here are some examples of
14132 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14135 \begin_layout Itemize
14140 \begin_layout Itemize
14145 \begin_layout Standard
14146 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14149 \begin_layout Itemize
14151 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14155 this is too much space!
14158 \begin_layout Itemize
14163 \begin_layout Standard
14164 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14167 \begin_layout Standard
14168 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14171 \begin_layout Enumerate
14175 \begin_inset space ~
14180 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14181 \begin_inset space ~
14185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14187 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14192 \begin_inset Index idx
14195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14196 Spaces ! inter-word
14204 \begin_layout Enumerate
14208 \begin_inset space ~
14213 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14214 \begin_inset space ~
14218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14220 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14225 \begin_inset Index idx
14228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14237 \begin_layout Enumerate
14241 \begin_inset space ~
14245 \begin_inset space ~
14249 \begin_inset space ~
14256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14258 \begin_inset space ~
14263 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14264 This function is also bound to
14267 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14273 \begin_layout Standard
14274 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14277 \begin_layout Itemize
14279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14283 \begin_inset space \space{}
14286 this is too much space!
14289 \begin_layout Itemize
14290 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14294 \begin_layout Standard
14295 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14296 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14297 will take care of this.
14300 \begin_layout Standard
14301 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14305 \begin_inset space ~
14310 feature described in section
14316 Additional Features
14321 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14323 \begin_inset Index idx
14326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14327 Typography ! Quotes
14333 \begin_inset Index idx
14336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14367 \begin_layout Standard
14368 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14369 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14370 and use a closing quote at the end.
14372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14380 The keyboard character,
14384 , generates this automatically.
14387 \begin_layout Standard
14388 You can change the behavior of the
14392 key using the submenu
14398 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14402 \begin_inset Index idx
14405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14406 Document ! Settings
14414 \begin_layout Standard
14415 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14420 There are six choices:
14423 \begin_layout Labeling
14424 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14436 Use quotes like this
14437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14445 \begin_inset Quotes els
14449 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14455 \begin_layout Labeling
14456 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14459 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14463 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14469 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14473 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14477 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14483 \begin_layout Labeling
14484 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14487 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14491 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14497 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14501 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14505 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14509 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14515 \begin_layout Labeling
14516 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14519 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14523 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14529 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14533 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14537 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14541 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14547 \begin_layout Labeling
14548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14551 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14555 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14561 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14565 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14569 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14573 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14579 \begin_layout Labeling
14580 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14583 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14587 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14593 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14597 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14601 \begin_inset Quotes als
14605 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14611 \begin_layout Standard
14612 These settings affect what character the
14619 \begin_layout Subsection
14621 \begin_inset Index idx
14624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14625 Typography ! Ligatures
14631 \begin_inset Index idx
14634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14665 name "sub:Ligatures"
14672 \begin_layout Standard
14673 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14674 print them as single characters.
14675 These groups are known as
14680 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14682 Here are the standard ligatures:
14685 \begin_layout Itemize
14689 \begin_layout Itemize
14693 \begin_layout Itemize
14697 \begin_layout Itemize
14701 \begin_layout Itemize
14705 \begin_layout Standard
14706 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14709 \begin_layout Standard
14710 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14711 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14719 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14735 To break a ligature, use
14737 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14738 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14740 \begin_inset space ~
14747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14758 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14775 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14783 \begin_layout Subsection
14785 \begin_inset Index idx
14788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14797 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14804 \begin_layout Standard
14805 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14806 characters in different sizes and heights.
14807 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14808 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14828 \begin_inset Note Note
14831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14832 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14840 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14841 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14846 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14850 \begin_layout Description
14851 LyX The name of the game, write
14852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14873 \begin_layout Description
14874 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14896 \begin_layout Description
14897 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14919 \begin_layout Description
14920 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14942 \begin_layout Standard
14943 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14948 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14956 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14957 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14958 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14961 : The actual version is
14962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14969 , the previous one was
14970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14980 \begin_layout Standard
14981 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14986 \begin_inset space \space{}
14989 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14991 This will look in LyX like:
14992 \begin_inset Graphics
14993 filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png
14999 \begin_inset Newline newline
15002 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15003 \begin_inset space ~
15007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15009 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15016 \begin_layout Subsection
15018 \begin_inset Index idx
15021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15030 \begin_layout Standard
15031 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15032 space between two words.
15033 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15043 for units use the menu
15045 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15046 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15048 \begin_inset space ~
15056 arg "space-insert thin"
15062 \begin_layout Standard
15063 Here's an example to show the differences:
15066 \begin_layout Standard
15067 \begin_inset Tabular
15068 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15069 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15070 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15071 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15078 \begin_inset space ~
15082 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15094 space between number and unit
15101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15110 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15122 half space between number and unit
15135 \begin_layout Subsection
15137 \begin_inset Index idx
15140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15141 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15149 \begin_layout Standard
15150 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15152 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15153 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15154 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15155 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15156 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15157 These bits of text became known as
15168 \begin_layout Standard
15169 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15170 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15171 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15172 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15173 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15174 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15175 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15178 \begin_layout Standard
15179 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15180 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15181 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15182 \begin_inset space ~
15186 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15188 key "latexcompanion"
15193 \begin_inset space ~
15197 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15203 ] may have more information.
15204 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15207 \begin_layout Chapter
15208 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15211 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15218 \begin_layout Standard
15219 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15224 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15227 \begin_layout Section
15229 \begin_inset Index idx
15232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15248 \begin_layout Standard
15249 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15252 \begin_layout Description
15254 \begin_inset space ~
15257 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15258 \begin_inset Newline newline
15262 \begin_inset Note Note
15265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15266 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15274 \begin_layout Description
15275 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15276 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15278 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15279 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15280 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15283 \begin_inset Newline newline
15287 \begin_inset Note Comment
15290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15291 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15299 \begin_layout Description
15301 \begin_inset space ~
15304 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15305 \begin_inset Newline newline
15309 \begin_inset Newline newline
15313 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15322 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15323 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15324 How this can be done is explained in the
15333 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15339 \begin_inset Newline newline
15343 \begin_inset Newline newline
15346 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15347 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15350 \begin_layout Standard
15351 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15352 \begin_inset Graphics
15353 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
15355 scaleBeforeRotation
15361 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15365 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15368 \begin_layout Section
15370 \begin_inset Index idx
15373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15380 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15382 name "sec:Footnotes"
15389 \begin_layout Standard
15390 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15396 or the toolbar button
15397 \begin_inset Graphics
15398 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
15411 \begin_inset Graphics
15412 filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15421 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15450 label, the box will
15454 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15455 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15468 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15484 \begin_layout Standard
15485 Here's an example footnote:
15493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15494 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15502 \begin_layout Standard
15503 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15504 position where the footnote box is placed.
15505 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15506 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15507 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15508 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15509 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15514 ey are described in the
15521 \begin_layout Section
15523 \begin_inset Index idx
15526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15535 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15542 \begin_layout Standard
15543 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15544 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15546 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15548 \begin_inset space ~
15553 or the toolbar button
15554 \begin_inset Graphics
15555 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15582 appearing within your text.
15583 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15592 \begin_layout Standard
15593 At the side is an example marginal note.
15597 \begin_inset Marginal
15600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15601 This is a marginal note.
15609 \begin_layout Standard
15610 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15611 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15612 pages, right on odd pages.
15615 \begin_layout Section
15616 Graphics and Images
15617 \begin_inset Index idx
15620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15627 \begin_inset Index idx
15630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15639 name "sec:Graphics"
15646 \begin_layout Standard
15647 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15648 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15649 \begin_inset Graphics
15650 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15660 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15663 \begin_layout Standard
15664 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15669 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15670 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15672 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15673 \begin_inset space ~
15677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15679 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15686 \begin_layout Standard
15691 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15692 of the image in the output.
15693 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15697 \begin_inset space ~
15701 \begin_inset space ~
15710 \begin_inset space ~
15714 \begin_inset space ~
15718 \begin_inset space ~
15723 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15724 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15732 \begin_layout Standard
15735 LaTeX and LyX options
15737 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15738 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15742 \begin_inset space ~
15747 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15748 with the image size is printed.
15752 \begin_inset space ~
15756 \begin_inset space ~
15760 \begin_inset space ~
15765 is explained in the
15776 \begin_layout Standard
15777 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15778 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15780 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15784 \begin_layout Standard
15786 \begin_inset Graphics
15787 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
15789 rotateOrigin center
15796 \begin_layout Standard
15797 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15798 the image into a float, see section
15799 \begin_inset space ~
15803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15805 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15812 \begin_layout Subsection
15814 \begin_inset Index idx
15817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15826 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15833 \begin_layout Standard
15834 You can insert images in any known file format.
15835 But as we explained in section
15836 \begin_inset space ~
15840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15842 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15846 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15847 LyX uses therefore the program
15851 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15852 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15853 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15854 \begin_inset space ~
15858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15860 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15867 \begin_layout Standard
15868 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15871 \begin_layout Description
15873 \begin_inset space ~
15876 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15877 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15878 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15882 Graphics Interchange Format
15883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15886 (GIF, file extension
15887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15899 \begin_inset Index idx
15902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15934 Portable Network Graphics
15935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15938 (PNG, file extension
15939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15951 \begin_inset Index idx
15954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15986 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15990 (JPG, file extension
15991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16015 \begin_inset Index idx
16018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16049 \begin_layout Description
16051 \begin_inset space ~
16054 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16056 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16057 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16058 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16059 \begin_inset Newline newline
16062 Scalable image formats can be
16063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16066 Scalable Vector Graphics
16067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16070 (SVG, file extension
16071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16083 \begin_inset Index idx
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16118 Encapsulated PostScript
16119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16122 (EPS, file extension
16123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16135 \begin_inset Index idx
16138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16170 Portable Document Format
16171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16174 (PDF, file extension
16175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16187 \begin_inset Index idx
16190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16197 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16198 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16199 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16205 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16213 \begin_layout Standard
16214 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16218 \begin_layout Subsection
16219 Grouping of Image Settings
16220 \begin_inset Index idx
16223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16224 Images ! Settings grouping
16232 \begin_layout Standard
16233 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16235 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16236 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16238 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16239 need to manually change each of them.
16243 \begin_layout Standard
16244 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16247 \begin_inset space ~
16252 field in the Graphics dialog.
16253 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16254 by checking the name of the desired group.
16257 \begin_layout Section
16259 \begin_inset Index idx
16262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16278 \begin_layout Standard
16279 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16280 \begin_inset Graphics
16281 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
16288 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16292 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16293 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16294 from the rest of the table.
16295 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16296 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16298 Here's an example table:
16301 \begin_layout Standard
16303 \begin_inset Tabular
16304 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16305 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16509 \begin_layout Subsection
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16514 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16515 brings up the table dialog.
16516 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16517 where the cursor is placed currently.
16518 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16519 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16520 done on all of your selection.
16523 \begin_layout Standard
16524 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16527 \begin_inset space ~
16532 helps you in setting table properties.
16533 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16536 \begin_layout Standard
16540 \begin_inset space ~
16545 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16546 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16547 current cell respectively.
16548 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16550 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16551 of text, see section
16552 \begin_inset space ~
16556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16558 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16565 \begin_layout Standard
16566 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
16567 using the check box
16576 This will merge the cells to
16580 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
16581 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16582 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16583 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16584 in the last row without the upper border:
16587 \begin_layout Standard
16589 \begin_inset Tabular
16590 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16591 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16592 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16593 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16606 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16615 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16691 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16726 \begin_layout Standard
16727 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16728 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16729 explained in the tables section of the
16732 \begin_inset space ~
16738 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16742 degrees counterclockwise.
16743 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16746 \begin_layout Standard
16747 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16755 Most DVI-viewers are
16759 able to display rotations.
16767 \begin_layout Standard
16772 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16777 adds lines for all cell borders.
16780 \begin_layout Subsection
16782 \begin_inset Index idx
16785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 Tables ! Longtables
16792 \begin_inset Index idx
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16804 \begin_layout Standard
16805 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16808 \begin_inset space ~
16812 \begin_inset space ~
16821 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16822 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16825 \begin_layout Description
16830 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16831 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16832 except for the first page, if
16835 \begin_inset space ~
16843 \begin_layout Description
16847 \begin_inset space ~
16852 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16853 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16856 \begin_layout Description
16861 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16862 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16863 except for the last page, if
16866 \begin_inset space ~
16874 \begin_layout Description
16878 \begin_inset space ~
16883 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16884 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16887 \begin_layout Description
16888 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
16889 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16895 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16898 \begin_inset space ~
16906 \begin_layout Standard
16907 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16908 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16909 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16910 The others will then be defined as
16915 In this context, first means first in this order:
16918 \begin_inset space ~
16930 \begin_inset space ~
16936 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16939 \begin_layout Standard
16941 \begin_inset Tabular
16942 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16943 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16944 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16945 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16946 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16947 <row endfirsthead="true">
16948 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16954 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16959 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <row endfirsthead="true">
16979 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16990 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17011 <row endhead="true">
17012 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17023 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17032 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17042 <row endhead="true">
17043 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17054 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17063 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <row endfoot="true">
17076 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17087 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17096 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17127 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18128 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18221 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18283 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18314 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18376 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18407 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18438 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18531 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18593 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18624 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18655 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18686 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19027 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19057 <row endlastfoot="true">
19058 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19069 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 \begin_layout Subsection
19097 \begin_inset Index idx
19100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19109 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19116 \begin_layout Standard
19117 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19118 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19119 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19120 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19124 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19125 for the cell's paragraph.
19128 \begin_layout Standard
19129 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19130 for the column in the table dialog.
19131 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19132 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19136 \begin_layout Standard
19138 \begin_inset Tabular
19139 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19140 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19142 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19232 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 This is longer now.
19293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19344 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19345 This is longer now.
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19376 \begin_layout Standard
19377 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19378 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19384 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19390 Selection with the mouse or with
19394 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19395 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19396 the selection from outside the table.
19399 \begin_layout Section
19401 \begin_inset Index idx
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19420 \begin_layout Standard
19421 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19422 have a fixed location.
19424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19431 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19439 \begin_inset space ~
19444 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19445 too many notes on the page.
19448 \begin_layout Standard
19449 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19450 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19451 and pages without text.
19452 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19453 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19454 Floats are therefore numbered.
19455 Referencing is described in section
19456 \begin_inset space ~
19460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19462 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19469 \begin_layout Standard
19470 To insert a float, use the menu
19472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19476 A box with a caption that has e.
19477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19481 \begin_inset space \space{}
19485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19489 \begin_inset space ~
19493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19496 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19497 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19499 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19500 \begin_inset Index idx
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19509 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19510 paragraph within the float.
19511 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19512 by left-clicking on the box label.
19513 A closed float box looks like this:
19514 \begin_inset Graphics
19515 filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png
19520 – a gray button with a red label.
19523 \begin_layout Standard
19524 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19525 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19528 \begin_layout Subsection
19532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19534 \begin_inset Index idx
19537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 Floats ! Figure floats
19544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19546 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19553 \begin_layout Standard
19556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19557 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19560 inserts a float with the label
19561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19567 \begin_inset space ~
19573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19577 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19578 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19579 This is what we did for Figure
19580 \begin_inset space ~
19584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19586 reference "cap:Platypus"
19591 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19592 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19593 This was done in Figure
19594 \begin_inset space ~
19598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19600 reference "cap:Escher"
19607 \begin_layout Standard
19608 \begin_inset Float figure
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 \begin_inset Graphics
19616 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
19618 rotateOrigin center
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19626 \begin_inset Caption
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19631 name "cap:Platypus"
19635 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19648 \begin_layout Standard
19649 \begin_inset Float figure
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19655 \begin_inset Caption
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19675 \begin_inset Graphics
19676 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19678 rotateOrigin center
19690 \begin_layout Standard
19691 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19693 As described in section
19694 \begin_inset space ~
19698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19700 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19704 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19709 and refer to it using the menu
19711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19715 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19724 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
19726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19736 \begin_layout Standard
19737 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19738 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19739 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19740 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19742 \begin_inset space ~
19746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19748 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19752 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19753 You can also set the images one below the other.
19755 \begin_inset space ~
19759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19761 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19768 reference "fig:Platypus"
19772 are the subfigures.
19775 \begin_layout Standard
19776 \begin_inset Float figure
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19786 \begin_inset Float figure
19791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 \begin_inset Caption
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19797 name "fig:Undefinable"
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19810 \begin_inset Graphics
19811 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19822 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19826 \begin_inset Float figure
19831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19832 \begin_inset Caption
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19837 name "fig:Platypus"
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19850 \begin_inset Graphics
19851 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
19863 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19870 \begin_inset Caption
19872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19875 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19879 Two distorted images.
19892 \begin_layout Standard
19893 Note that the caption is added to the
19896 \begin_inset space ~
19900 \begin_inset space ~
19905 as described in section
19906 \begin_inset space ~
19910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19912 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19921 \begin_inset Index idx
19924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 Floats ! Table floats
19933 \begin_layout Standard
19934 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19937 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19941 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19944 \begin_inset space ~
19948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19950 reference "cap:Table-float"
19954 is an example of a table float.
19957 \begin_layout Standard
19958 \begin_inset Float table
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 \begin_inset Caption
19966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19969 name "cap:Table-float"
19981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 \begin_inset Tabular
19984 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19985 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20115 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20139 \end{array}\right]$
20147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20160 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20183 \begin_inset Index idx
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20195 \begin_layout Standard
20196 This float type is inserted with the menu
20198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20199 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20203 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20204 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20208 , described in section
20209 \begin_inset space ~
20213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20215 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20222 \begin_layout Standard
20223 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20231 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20237 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20240 \begin_layout Standard
20245 floatname{algorithm}{your
20246 \begin_inset space ~
20252 \begin_layout Standard
20253 to the document preamble (menu
20255 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20262 \begin_inset space ~
20268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20284 \begin_inset Index idx
20287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20288 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20296 \begin_layout Standard
20297 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20305 \begin_inset Graphics
20306 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
20308 rotateOrigin center
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 \begin_inset Caption
20318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20321 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20325 This is a wrapped figure.
20326 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20339 This float type is used if you want to
20340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20347 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20349 It can be inserted using the menu
20351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20352 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20354 \begin_inset space ~
20359 if the LaTeX-package
20364 \begin_inset Index idx
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20381 \begin_inset space ~
20391 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20394 \begin_inset space ~
20398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20400 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20404 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 Available units are explained in Appendix
20414 \begin_inset space ~
20418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20420 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20429 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20433 \begin_layout Standard
20434 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20442 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20447 \begin_inset space \space{}
20450 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20451 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20460 \begin_layout Itemize
20461 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20462 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20463 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20464 page breaks will appear.
20467 \begin_layout Itemize
20468 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20469 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20472 \begin_layout Itemize
20473 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20474 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20477 \begin_layout Itemize
20478 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20481 \begin_layout Subsection
20483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20485 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20490 \begin_inset Index idx
20493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 \begin_layout Standard
20503 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20504 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20508 \begin_inset space ~
20516 \begin_layout Standard
20517 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20518 have a multicolumn document).
20519 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20522 \begin_inset space ~
20528 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20529 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20536 \begin_layout Standard
20537 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20538 format is also the same: Table
20539 \begin_inset space ~
20543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20545 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20549 is an example of a rotated table float.
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20553 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20561 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20569 \begin_layout Standard
20570 \begin_inset Float table
20575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20576 \begin_inset Caption
20578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20581 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20595 \begin_inset Tabular
20596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20597 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20601 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20662 \begin_layout Subsection
20664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20666 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20671 \begin_inset Index idx
20674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 \begin_layout Standard
20684 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20685 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20686 \begin_inset Newline newline
20692 \begin_inset space ~
20697 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20698 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20699 \begin_inset Newline newline
20705 \begin_inset space ~
20710 is used to rotate floats, see section
20711 \begin_inset space ~
20715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20717 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20724 \begin_layout Standard
20725 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20726 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20729 \begin_inset space ~
20733 \begin_inset space ~
20741 \begin_layout Description
20743 \begin_inset space ~
20747 \begin_inset space ~
20750 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20753 \begin_layout Description
20755 \begin_inset space ~
20759 \begin_inset space ~
20762 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20765 \begin_layout Description
20767 \begin_inset space ~
20771 \begin_inset space ~
20774 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20777 \begin_layout Description
20779 \begin_inset space ~
20783 \begin_inset space ~
20786 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20789 \begin_layout Standard
20790 The order of the above option is
20795 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20799 \begin_inset space ~
20803 \begin_inset space ~
20811 \begin_inset space ~
20815 \begin_inset space ~
20820 , and then the others.
20821 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20823 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20824 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 By default, each option has its own rules:
20831 \begin_layout Standard
20835 \begin_inset space ~
20839 \begin_inset space ~
20844 only floats occupying less than 70
20845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20848 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20851 \begin_layout Standard
20855 \begin_inset space ~
20859 \begin_inset space ~
20864 : only floats occupying less than 30
20865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20868 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20871 \begin_layout Standard
20875 \begin_inset space ~
20879 \begin_inset space ~
20884 : only if more than 50
20885 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20888 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20892 \begin_layout Standard
20893 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20897 \begin_inset space ~
20901 \begin_inset space ~
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20910 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20911 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20912 For this case you can use the option
20915 \begin_inset space ~
20921 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20923 Because the float is then no longer able to
20924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20931 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20934 \begin_layout Standard
20935 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20936 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20939 \begin_layout Standard
20940 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20942 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20944 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20951 \begin_layout Section
20953 \begin_inset Index idx
20956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20965 name "sec:Minipages"
20972 \begin_layout Standard
20973 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20975 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20976 \begin_inset space ~
20983 \begin_layout Standard
20984 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20986 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20990 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20991 and its alignment within the page.
20994 \begin_layout Standard
20996 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21006 height_special "totalheight"
21009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21012 This is a minipage.
21013 The text is set in an italic style.
21016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21019 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21020 another formatting.
21028 \begin_layout Standard
21029 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21032 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21036 as described in section
21037 \begin_inset space ~
21041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21043 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21048 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21054 \begin_layout Standard
21055 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21065 height_special "totalheight"
21068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21069 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21070 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21076 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21080 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21090 height_special "totalheight"
21093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21094 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21095 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21103 \begin_layout Standard
21104 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21110 \begin_layout Standard
21111 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21112 to other box types.
21113 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21124 \begin_layout Chapter
21125 Mathematical Formulas
21126 \begin_inset Index idx
21129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21136 \begin_inset Index idx
21139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21170 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21177 \begin_layout Standard
21178 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21183 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21186 \begin_layout Section
21188 \begin_inset Index idx
21191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21200 \begin_layout Standard
21201 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21202 \begin_inset Graphics
21203 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
21208 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21210 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21211 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21212 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21221 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21225 \begin_inset space ~
21230 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21233 \begin_layout Standard
21234 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21235 line, like this one:
21238 \begin_layout Standard
21239 This is a line with an inline formula
21240 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21246 \begin_layout Standard
21247 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21249 \begin_inset Formula \[
21255 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21258 \begin_layout Standard
21259 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21265 \begin_inset space \space{}
21269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21282 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21283 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21287 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21290 \begin_inset space ~
21298 \begin_layout Subsection
21299 Navigating in Formulas
21300 \begin_inset Index idx
21303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21312 \begin_layout Standard
21313 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21314 achieved with the arrow keys.
21315 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21316 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21321 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21322 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21326 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21330 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21333 \end{array}\right]$
21341 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21346 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21347 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21350 \begin_layout Standard
21355 , printed in this document as
21356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21377 \begin_inset Note Note
21380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21381 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21382 space character (visible space).
21387 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21388 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21389 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21394 For example, if you want
21395 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21449 , since in the latter case only the
21452 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21457 will be under the square root sign:
21458 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21464 \begin_layout Standard
21465 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21467 \begin_inset Formula \[
21468 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21477 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21478 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21481 \begin_layout Subsection
21485 \begin_layout Standard
21486 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21487 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21491 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21492 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21493 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21494 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21495 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21498 \begin_layout Subsection
21499 Exponents and Subscripts
21500 \begin_inset Index idx
21503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21510 \begin_inset Index idx
21513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21522 \begin_layout Standard
21523 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21524 way is to use a command.
21526 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21529 , type in a formula
21535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21551 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21557 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21561 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21582 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21591 , you have to use an extra
21595 to separate the hat and the character.
21597 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21601 \begin_inset space \space{}
21605 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21626 Subscripts are similar: To get
21627 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21650 \begin_layout Subsection
21652 \begin_inset Index idx
21655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21664 \begin_layout Standard
21665 Create a fraction with either the command
21672 \begin_inset Graphics
21673 filename ../../images/math/frac.png
21681 \begin_inset space ~
21687 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21688 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21689 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21694 To move back up, press
21699 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21700 \begin_inset Formula \[
21701 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21704 \end{array}\right)}\right]
21712 \begin_layout Subsection
21714 \begin_inset Index idx
21717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21726 \begin_layout Standard
21727 Roots can be created using the
21730 \begin_inset space ~
21736 \begin_inset Graphics
21737 filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
21760 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21766 produces always a square root.
21769 \begin_layout Subsection
21770 Operators with Limits
21771 \begin_inset Index idx
21774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21781 \begin_inset Index idx
21784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21793 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21800 \begin_layout Standard
21802 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21806 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21809 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21810 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21811 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21812 The sum operator will automatically place its
21813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21820 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21823 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21827 \begin_inset Formula \[
21828 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
21833 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21837 \begin_layout Standard
21838 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21840 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21841 behind the operator and hitting
21849 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21850 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21852 \begin_inset space ~
21856 \begin_inset space ~
21864 \begin_layout Standard
21865 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21873 feature as addition, such as
21874 \begin_inset Index idx
21877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21884 \begin_inset Formula \[
21885 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
21890 which will place the
21891 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21903 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21904 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21910 \begin_layout Standard
21911 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21918 Have a look at section
21919 \begin_inset space ~
21923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21925 reference "sub:Functions"
21929 for an explanation of function macros.
21932 \begin_layout Subsection
21934 \begin_inset Index idx
21937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21946 \begin_layout Standard
21947 Most math symbols can be found in the
21950 \begin_inset space ~
21955 under one of several categories; including
21972 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21976 \begin_layout Standard
21977 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21978 you don't have to use the
21981 \begin_inset space ~
21986 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21987 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21990 \begin_layout Subsection
21992 \begin_inset Index idx
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22004 \begin_layout Standard
22005 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22010 arg "space-insert protected"
22016 \begin_inset space ~
22022 \begin_inset Graphics
22023 filename ../../images/math/space.png
22028 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22029 For example, the sequence
22034 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22038 \begin_inset Graphics
22039 filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22044 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22045 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22046 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22047 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22049 Here are two examples:
22052 \begin_layout Standard
22062 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22068 \begin_layout Standard
22078 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22084 \begin_layout Subsection
22086 \begin_inset Index idx
22089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22098 name "sub:Functions"
22105 \begin_layout Standard
22109 \begin_inset space ~
22114 contains under the button
22115 \begin_inset Graphics
22116 filename ../../images/math/functions.png
22120 a number of function macros, such as
22121 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22125 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22133 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22140 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22141 avoid confusions, because
22142 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22146 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22152 \begin_layout Standard
22153 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22155 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22159 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22165 \begin_layout Standard
22166 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22167 s are placed, as described in section
22168 \begin_inset space ~
22172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22174 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22181 \begin_layout Subsection
22183 \begin_inset Index idx
22186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22195 \begin_layout Standard
22196 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22198 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22199 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22204 \begin_inset space \space{}
22208 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22211 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22212 Our example is entered by typing
22220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22233 \begin_inset space ~
22237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22239 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22243 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22246 \begin_layout Standard
22247 \begin_inset Float table
22252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22253 \begin_inset Caption
22255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22258 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22262 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22272 \begin_inset Tabular
22273 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22274 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22275 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22276 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22361 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22415 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22469 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22523 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22577 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22631 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22685 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22739 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22793 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22838 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22859 \begin_layout Standard
22860 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22863 \begin_inset space ~
22869 \begin_inset Graphics
22870 filename ../../images/math/hat.png
22874 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22878 \begin_layout Section
22879 Brackets and Delimiters
22880 \begin_inset Index idx
22883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22890 \begin_inset Index idx
22893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22902 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22909 \begin_layout Standard
22910 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22911 For most purposes, using just the keys
22916 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22917 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22918 toolbar delimiter icon
22919 \begin_inset Graphics
22920 filename ../../images/math/delim.png
22925 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22927 \begin_inset Formula \[
22928 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22936 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22937 \begin_inset Formula \[
22938 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
22946 \begin_layout Standard
22947 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22948 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22951 \begin_layout Standard
22952 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22953 left side and right side.
22954 If you use the option
22957 \begin_inset space ~
22962 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22963 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22964 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22965 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22968 \begin_layout Standard
22969 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22970 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22971 inside the brackets.
22972 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22977 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22980 \begin_layout Section
22981 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22982 \begin_inset Index idx
22985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22992 \begin_inset Index idx
22995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23002 \begin_inset Index idx
23005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23006 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23014 \begin_layout Standard
23015 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23018 \begin_inset space ~
23024 \begin_inset Graphics
23025 filename ../../images/math/matrix.png
23030 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23031 Here is an example:
23032 \begin_inset Formula \[
23033 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23042 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23043 \begin_inset space ~
23047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23049 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23054 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23055 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23056 This alignment is set in the box
23061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23109 for every column as default.
23110 For example, the sequence
23111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23122 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23123 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23124 corresponds to the relevant column.
23125 The result will look like this:
23126 \begin_inset Formula \[
23128 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23129 column & has & has\, right\\
23130 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23139 \begin_layout Standard
23140 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23143 arg "newline-insert newline"
23146 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23147 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23152 or the math toolbar.
23155 \begin_layout Standard
23156 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23157 It can be created with the menu
23159 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23160 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23162 \begin_inset space ~
23174 Here is an example:
23175 \begin_inset Formula \[
23188 \begin_layout Standard
23189 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23192 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23195 arg "newline-insert newline"
23199 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23204 arg "newline-insert newline"
23207 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23215 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23216 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23217 A new row is created by every further hit of
23220 arg "newline-insert newline"
23224 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23225 Here is an example:
23226 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23227 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23228 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23233 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23234 where you want to start the shift and hit
23239 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23240 position to the next column.
23241 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23242 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23243 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23244 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23252 \begin_layout Standard
23253 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23260 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23261 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23264 reference "eq:asquared"
23269 The other types are described in section
23270 \begin_inset space ~
23274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23276 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23283 \begin_layout Section
23284 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23285 \begin_inset Index idx
23288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23289 Math ! Formula numbering
23295 \begin_inset Index idx
23298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23299 Math ! Referencing formulas
23305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23307 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23314 \begin_layout Standard
23315 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23317 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23318 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23320 \begin_inset space ~
23328 arg "math-number-toggle"
23332 The formula number appears in LyX as
23333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23340 within parentheses.
23342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23349 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23351 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23352 the document class.
23353 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23354 separated by a dot:
23355 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23364 arg "math-number-toggle"
23367 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23368 You can only number displayed formulas.
23371 \begin_layout Standard
23372 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23374 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23375 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23377 \begin_inset space ~
23381 \begin_inset space ~
23385 \begin_inset space ~
23393 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23396 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23397 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23399 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23405 To number all lines use the shortcut
23408 arg "math-number-toggle"
23414 \begin_layout Standard
23415 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23418 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23419 A label is inserted with the menu
23421 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23424 when the cursor is in the formula.
23425 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23426 It is recommended to use the proposed
23427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23438 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23439 type when you have many labels in your document.
23440 We inserted in the following example the label
23441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23448 in the second line:
23449 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23450 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23451 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23456 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23457 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23467 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23471 \begin_inset space ~
23477 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23478 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23479 as the formula number:
23482 \begin_layout Standard
23483 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23486 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23493 \begin_layout Standard
23494 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23495 \begin_inset space ~
23499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23501 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23506 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23509 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23512 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23517 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23525 \begin_layout Section
23526 User defined math macros
23527 \begin_inset Index idx
23530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23539 \begin_layout Standard
23540 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23541 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23542 Math macros are explained in section
23545 \begin_inset space ~
23557 \begin_layout Section
23561 \begin_layout Subsection
23563 \begin_inset Index idx
23566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23575 \begin_layout Standard
23576 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23577 To set a font in a formula, use the
23580 \begin_inset space ~
23586 \begin_inset Graphics
23587 filename ../../images/math/font.png
23591 , or enter its command, listed in table
23592 \begin_inset space ~
23596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23598 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23605 \begin_layout Standard
23606 \begin_inset Float table
23611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23612 \begin_inset Caption
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23617 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23621 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23631 \begin_inset Tabular
23632 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23633 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23634 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23635 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23667 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23694 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23721 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23754 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23781 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23808 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23842 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23869 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23903 \begin_layout Standard
23904 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23912 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23928 \begin_layout Standard
23929 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23930 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23935 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
23936 space when you need a space in the box.
23937 Here an example where
23938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23949 denotes the set of numbers:
23950 \begin_inset Formula \[
23951 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
23959 \begin_layout Standard
23960 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23962 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23966 \begin_inset space \space{}
23978 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23982 \begin_inset Newline newline
23985 So it is better not to use this feature.
23988 \begin_layout Standard
23989 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23990 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23994 \begin_inset Newline newline
23997 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24003 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24004 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24010 \begin_layout Standard
24017 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24020 \begin_layout Standard
24021 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24023 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24024 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24026 \begin_inset space ~
24034 \begin_layout Subsection
24036 \begin_inset Index idx
24039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24048 \begin_layout Standard
24049 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24051 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24055 \begin_inset space ~
24059 \begin_inset space ~
24067 \begin_inset space ~
24073 \begin_inset Graphics
24074 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24085 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24086 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24087 Here is an example:
24088 \begin_inset Formula \[
24090 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24091 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
24100 \begin_layout Subsection
24102 \begin_inset Index idx
24105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24114 \begin_layout Standard
24115 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24116 automatically chosen in most situations.
24134 For most characters,
24142 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24143 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24148 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24149 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24151 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24152 \begin_inset Graphics
24153 filename ../../images/math/style.png
24158 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24159 For example, you can set
24160 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24163 , which is normally in
24172 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24176 The four styles are used in the following example:
24179 \begin_layout Standard
24180 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24184 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24188 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24192 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24198 \begin_layout Standard
24199 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24200 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24202 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24204 \begin_inset space ~
24209 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24210 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24211 will be adjusted to correspond.
24212 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24223 \begin_layout Standard
24227 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24233 \begin_layout Section
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24238 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24239 the document classes and into layout modules.
24240 \begin_inset Index idx
24243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24249 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24250 other than the AMS classes.
24252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24254 reference "sub:Modules"
24258 for more on layout modules.
24261 \begin_layout Section
24263 \begin_inset Index idx
24266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24273 \begin_inset Index idx
24276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24285 \begin_layout Standard
24286 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24287 (AMS) that are in common use.
24290 \begin_layout Subsection
24291 Enabling AMS-Support
24294 \begin_layout Standard
24295 Selecting the checkbox
24298 \begin_inset space ~
24302 \begin_inset space ~
24306 \begin_inset space ~
24313 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24317 \begin_inset Index idx
24320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24321 Document ! Settings
24329 \begin_inset space ~
24334 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24336 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24337 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24340 \begin_layout Subsection
24342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24344 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24349 \begin_inset Index idx
24352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24353 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24361 \begin_layout Standard
24362 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24363 LyX allows you to choose between
24384 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24387 \begin_layout Chapter
24391 \begin_layout Section
24393 \begin_inset Index idx
24396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24405 name "sec:Cross-References"
24412 \begin_layout Standard
24413 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24414 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24416 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24417 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24418 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24421 \begin_layout Enumerate
24425 \begin_layout Enumerate
24426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24428 name "enu:Second-item"
24435 \begin_layout Enumerate
24439 \begin_layout Standard
24440 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24445 or by pressing the toolbar button
24446 \begin_inset Graphics
24447 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
24453 A grey label box like this:
24454 \begin_inset Graphics
24455 filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png
24460 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24461 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24496 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24501 \begin_inset space \space{}
24504 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24525 or the toolbar button
24526 \begin_inset Graphics
24527 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24533 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24534 \begin_inset Graphics
24535 filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png
24540 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24542 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24555 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24559 \begin_layout Standard
24562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24565 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24570 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24571 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24573 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24579 \begin_layout Standard
24580 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24581 \begin_inset space ~
24585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24587 reference "enu:Second-item"
24594 \begin_layout Standard
24595 It is recommended to use a protected space
24599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24600 described in section
24601 \begin_inset space ~
24605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24607 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24616 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24620 \begin_layout Standard
24621 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24624 \begin_layout Description
24625 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
24626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24628 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24635 \begin_layout Description
24636 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
24637 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
24639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24649 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24656 \begin_layout Description
24657 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24658 \begin_inset space ~
24662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24663 LatexCommand pageref
24664 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24671 \begin_layout Description
24673 \begin_inset space ~
24677 \begin_inset space ~
24680 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24682 LatexCommand vpageref
24683 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24690 \begin_layout Description
24692 \begin_inset space ~
24696 \begin_inset space ~
24700 \begin_inset space ~
24703 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24706 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24713 \begin_layout Description
24715 \begin_inset space ~
24718 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24719 \begin_inset Newline newline
24723 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24731 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24740 \begin_inset Index idx
24743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24744 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24750 \begin_inset Index idx
24753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24754 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
24767 \begin_layout Description
24769 \begin_inset space ~
24772 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
24773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24774 LatexCommand nameref
24775 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24782 \begin_layout Standard
24787 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24794 \begin_inset space \space{}
24798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24812 <reference> on page <page>
24814 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24818 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
24819 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24820 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24824 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24828 \begin_layout Standard
24829 You can only use the style
24833 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24837 is always possible.
24840 \begin_layout Standard
24841 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24842 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24844 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24845 \begin_inset space ~
24849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24851 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24858 \begin_layout Standard
24859 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24863 \begin_inset space ~
24867 \begin_inset space ~
24872 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24873 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24876 \begin_inset space ~
24881 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24882 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24883 \begin_inset Graphics
24884 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24885 rotateOrigin center
24892 \begin_layout Standard
24893 You can change labels at any time.
24894 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24895 do not need to take care about this.
24898 \begin_layout Standard
24899 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24900 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24903 \begin_layout Standard
24904 References are described in detail in sec.
24905 \begin_inset space ~
24909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24923 \begin_layout Section
24924 Table of Contents and other Listings
24925 \begin_inset Index idx
24928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24935 \begin_inset Index idx
24938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24954 \begin_layout Subsection
24956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24958 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24965 \begin_layout Standard
24966 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24969 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24971 \begin_inset space ~
24975 \begin_inset space ~
24981 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24982 If you click on it, the
24986 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24987 sections in your documents.
24988 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24993 that is described in sec.
24994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25000 reference "sec:Navigating"
25007 \begin_layout Standard
25008 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25009 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25011 \begin_inset space ~
25015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25017 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25021 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25023 \begin_inset space ~
25027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25029 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25033 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25035 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25038 \begin_layout Subsection
25039 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25042 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25049 \begin_layout Standard
25050 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25051 You can insert them via the
25053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25055 \begin_inset space ~
25059 \begin_inset space ~
25065 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25068 \begin_layout Section
25069 URLs and Hyperlinks
25070 \begin_inset Index idx
25073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25080 \begin_inset Index idx
25083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25092 \begin_layout Subsection
25094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25103 \begin_layout Standard
25104 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25112 \begin_layout Standard
25113 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25114 \begin_inset Flex URL
25117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25127 \begin_layout Standard
25128 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25134 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25138 \begin_layout Standard
25139 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25147 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25155 \begin_layout Subsection
25157 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25159 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25166 \begin_layout Standard
25167 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25172 or with the toolbar button
25173 \begin_inset Graphics
25174 filename ../../images/href-insert.png
25179 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25188 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25189 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25190 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25192 name "LyX's homepage"
25193 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25197 , an Email address like this:
25198 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25200 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25201 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25206 , or a link to a file.
25209 \begin_layout Standard
25210 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25223 to the link target.
25226 \begin_layout Standard
25227 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25228 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25229 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25230 the text style dialog.
25231 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25235 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25237 name "LyX's homepage"
25238 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25245 \begin_layout Standard
25246 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25250 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25252 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25253 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25257 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25259 \begin_inset Newline newline
25267 \begin_inset Newline newline
25274 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25277 \begin_layout Section
25279 \begin_inset Index idx
25282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25291 name "sec:Appendices"
25298 \begin_layout Standard
25299 Appendices are created with the menu
25301 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25303 \begin_inset space ~
25307 \begin_inset space ~
25313 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25314 as the appendix region.
25315 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25318 \begin_layout Standard
25319 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25320 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25321 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25322 and the subsection number.
25323 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25327 \begin_layout Standard
25329 \begin_inset space ~
25333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25335 reference "cha:Credits"
25340 \begin_inset space ~
25344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25346 reference "sub:Export"
25353 \begin_layout Section
25355 \begin_inset Index idx
25358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25367 name "sec:Bibliography"
25374 \begin_layout Standard
25375 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25376 You can include a bibliography database,
25380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25381 Known under the name
25382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25394 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25395 manually, using the paragraph environment
25399 , which was described in section
25400 \begin_inset space ~
25404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25406 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25411 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25412 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25416 use a bibliography database.
25419 \begin_layout Subsection
25420 The Bibliography Environment
25423 \begin_layout Standard
25428 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25430 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25439 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25441 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25450 , a short form of its title, as key.
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25459 or the toolbar button
25460 \begin_inset Graphics
25461 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25466 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25467 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25468 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25469 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25473 \begin_layout Standard
25474 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25475 entry with surrounding brackets.
25480 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25481 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25493 \begin_layout Standard
25496 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25499 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25501 key "latexcompanion"
25508 \begin_layout Standard
25509 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25510 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25519 \begin_layout Subsection
25520 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25521 \begin_inset Index idx
25524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25525 Bibliography ! Databases
25531 \begin_inset Index idx
25534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25535 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25543 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25550 \begin_layout Standard
25551 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25557 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25559 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25560 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25565 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25567 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25568 your working field in a database.
25569 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25570 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25572 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25576 \begin_layout Standard
25577 The database is a text file with the file extension
25578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25589 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25590 The format is explained in
25591 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25597 and in LaTeX books (
25598 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25600 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25605 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25606 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25607 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25608 \begin_inset Flex URL
25611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25613 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25621 \begin_layout Standard
25622 To use a database, use the menu
25624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25629 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25642 \begin_inset space ~
25648 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25649 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25652 Add bibliography to TOC
25654 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25659 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
25660 in the document or just the cited references.
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25664 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25676 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25677 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25678 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25680 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25686 For information how this is done, have a look at
25687 \begin_inset Newline newline
25691 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25693 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25705 \begin_layout Standard
25706 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25709 \begin_layout Standard
25710 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25711 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25714 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25742 \begin_inset space ~
25748 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25754 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25763 \begin_layout Standard
25764 When you select the option
25766 Sectioned bibliography
25770 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25773 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25774 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25776 Customizing Bibliographies
25784 Additional Features
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25790 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25791 the two methods of creating them.
25792 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25793 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25794 We used the style file
25798 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25801 \begin_layout Subsection
25802 Bibliography layout
25803 \begin_inset Index idx
25806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25807 Bibliography ! Layout
25815 \begin_layout Standard
25816 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25817 For this feature you need to enable the option
25823 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25827 \begin_inset Index idx
25830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25831 Document ! Settings
25841 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25842 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25843 in the previous section.
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25847 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25848 in the citation reference window.
25849 Here an example where we set the text
25850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25854 \begin_inset space ~
25858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25861 to appear after the reference:
25864 \begin_layout Standard
25866 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25869 key "latexcompanion"
25876 \begin_layout Section
25878 \begin_inset Index idx
25881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25897 \begin_layout Standard
25898 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25902 \begin_inset space ~
25907 or the toolbar button
25908 \begin_inset Graphics
25909 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
25915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25926 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25927 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25928 by LyX as the index entry.
25931 \begin_layout Standard
25932 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25933 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25935 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25937 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25945 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25949 \begin_inset space ~
25953 \begin_inset space ~
25956 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25958 \begin_inset space ~
25964 A light blue box labeled
25965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25976 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25977 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25980 \begin_layout Subsection
25981 Grouping Index Entries
25982 \begin_inset Index idx
25985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25994 \begin_layout Standard
25995 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25997 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25998 lists under the entry
25999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26007 First we create the entry
26008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26016 \begin_inset space ~
26020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26022 reference "sub:Lists"
26027 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26028 \begin_inset space ~
26032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26034 reference "sec:Itemize"
26038 , we insert the command
26041 \begin_layout Standard
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26051 \begin_layout Standard
26057 \begin_layout Standard
26058 for the enumerated list in section
26059 \begin_inset space ~
26063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26065 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26073 The exclamation mark
26074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26081 marks the grouping levels.
26082 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26083 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26084 If we don't have an index entry for
26085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26092 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26095 \begin_layout Subsection
26097 \begin_inset Index idx
26100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26101 Index ! Page ranges
26109 \begin_layout Standard
26110 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26112 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26113 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26115 \begin_inset space ~
26119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26121 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26131 Paragraph environments|(
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26135 and another entry at the end of section
26136 \begin_inset space ~
26140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26142 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26149 \begin_layout Standard
26152 Paragraph environments|)
26155 \begin_layout Standard
26157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26180 respectively start and end the index range.
26181 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26182 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26183 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26184 An example is the index entry
26185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26188 Document ! Settings
26189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26195 \begin_layout Subsection
26197 \begin_inset Index idx
26200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26201 Index ! Cross referencing
26209 \begin_layout Standard
26210 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26211 We referred for example in the index entry
26212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26220 \begin_inset space ~
26224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26226 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26230 ) to the index entry
26231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26238 in the same section using the entry
26241 \begin_layout Standard
26244 GIF|see{Image formats}
26247 \begin_layout Standard
26248 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26249 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26250 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26253 \begin_layout Subsection
26255 \begin_inset Index idx
26258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26259 Index ! Entry order
26267 \begin_layout Standard
26268 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26269 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26270 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26275 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26277 \begin_inset space ~
26281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26283 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26292 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26293 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26318 \begin_inset Index idx
26321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26322 Dummy entries ! maïs
26328 \begin_inset Index idx
26331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26332 Dummy entries ! maître
26338 \begin_inset Index idx
26341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26342 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26347 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26348 order maïs, maison, maître.
26349 To achieve this, we use the command
26352 \begin_layout Standard
26355 previous entry@current entry
26358 \begin_layout Standard
26359 In our case we want to have
26360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26375 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26378 \begin_layout Standard
26384 \begin_layout Standard
26385 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26386 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26391 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26398 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26403 to generate the index (see sec.
26404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26410 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26419 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26427 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26431 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26432 index commands start with
26433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26445 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26450 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26453 \begin_layout Standard
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26477 \begin_layout Subsection
26479 \begin_inset Index idx
26482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26483 Index ! Entry layout
26491 \begin_layout Standard
26492 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26493 \begin_inset Index idx
26496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26499 This is an italic dummy entry
26504 You can also format the page number using the character
26505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26512 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26513 We can write for example
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26519 italic page number:|textit
26522 \begin_layout Standard
26523 to get the page number in italic.
26524 \begin_inset Index idx
26527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26528 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26533 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26551 \begin_inset space ~
26557 Have a look at section
26558 \begin_inset space ~
26562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26564 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26568 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26571 \begin_layout Standard
26572 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26580 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26584 to generate the index, see sec.
26585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26591 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26600 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26601 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
26602 they can be used, see
26603 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26606 key "latexcompanion"
26618 \begin_layout Standard
26619 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26621 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26622 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26623 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26624 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26625 If so, put the following in the preamble
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26640 \begin_layout Standard
26644 \begin_layout Standard
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26651 in the index entry.
26652 \begin_inset Index idx
26655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26656 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26661 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26662 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26663 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26666 \begin_layout Standard
26667 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26673 \begin_inset space \space{}
26676 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26677 for all index entries.
26678 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26690 documentation for details,
26691 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26693 key "makeindex,xindy"
26700 \begin_layout Subsection
26702 \begin_inset Index idx
26705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26714 name "sub:Index-Program"
26721 \begin_layout Standard
26722 If the index entry program
26726 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26730 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26739 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26740 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26741 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26742 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26743 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26753 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26754 dialog, see section
26755 \begin_inset space ~
26759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26761 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26766 The available options are listed and explained in
26767 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26769 key "makeindex,xindy"
26774 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26778 \begin_layout Standard
26779 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26780 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26783 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26784 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26785 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26789 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26790 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26793 \begin_layout Subsection
26797 \begin_layout Standard
26798 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26799 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26807 next to the standard index.
26808 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26809 packages that add this feature.
26815 \begin_inset Index idx
26818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26819 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26824 package to generate multiple indexes.
26825 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26826 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26827 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26834 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26835 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26836 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26839 \begin_layout Standard
26840 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26842 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26843 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26844 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26851 Use multiple Indexes
26852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26856 Note that the list of
26857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26864 below already contains the standard index.
26865 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26866 also appear as a heading) to the
26867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26874 input field and press the
26875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26883 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26884 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26885 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26889 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26895 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26896 indexes in the LyX work area.
26899 \begin_layout Standard
26900 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26903 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26905 \begin_inset space ~
26909 \begin_inset space ~
26918 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26919 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26920 are some additional features:
26923 \begin_layout Itemize
26924 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26925 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26928 \begin_layout Itemize
26929 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26930 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26939 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26944 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26945 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26946 to the non-subindexes.
26949 \begin_layout Section
26950 Nomenclature / Glossary
26951 \begin_inset Index idx
26954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26961 \begin_inset Index idx
26964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26995 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27002 \begin_layout Standard
27003 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27004 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27008 \begin_layout Standard
27009 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27014 \begin_inset Index idx
27017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27018 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27024 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27025 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27031 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27034 \begin_layout Standard
27035 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27036 and then use the menu
27038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27044 \begin_inset space ~
27049 or the toolbar button
27050 \begin_inset Graphics
27051 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
27057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27068 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27071 \begin_layout Standard
27072 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27073 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27074 The second is the description of the symbol.
27077 \begin_layout Standard
27078 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27086 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27094 \begin_layout Subsection
27095 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27096 \begin_inset Index idx
27099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27100 Nomenclature ! Layout
27108 \begin_layout Standard
27109 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27113 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27119 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27127 \begin_inset Newline newline
27135 \begin_inset Newline newline
27141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27148 character starts/ends the formula.
27149 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27161 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27171 \begin_layout Standard
27172 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27173 \begin_inset space ~
27177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27179 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27190 \begin_inset space ~
27195 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27196 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27201 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27208 in this document is:
27209 \begin_inset Newline newline
27214 dummy entry for the character
27219 \begin_inset Newline newline
27231 \begin_inset space ~
27241 font use the command
27270 \begin_layout Subsection
27271 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27272 \begin_inset Index idx
27275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27276 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27284 \begin_layout Standard
27285 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27286 the symbol definition.
27287 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27288 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27291 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27292 LatexCommand nomenclature
27294 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27301 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27305 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27306 LatexCommand nomenclature
27309 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27314 They will be sorted by
27315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27341 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27344 will be sorted before the
27348 since the character
27349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27356 is considered in sorting.
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27360 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27363 \begin_inset space ~
27368 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27369 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27371 For the example given, you can insert
27375 in this field for the
27376 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27383 will be located before
27384 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27390 \begin_layout Standard
27391 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27396 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27405 \begin_layout Subsection
27406 Nomenclature Options
27407 \begin_inset Index idx
27410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27411 Nomenclature ! Options
27419 \begin_layout Standard
27424 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27425 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27428 \begin_layout Description
27429 refeq Appends the phrase
27430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27445 to every nomenclature entry, where
27451 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27454 \begin_layout Description
27455 refpage Appends the phrase
27456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27471 to every nomenclature entry, where
27477 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27480 \begin_layout Description
27481 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27484 \begin_layout Standard
27485 There are furthermore the options
27529 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27534 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27535 class options list in the
27537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27541 In this document the option
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27549 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27556 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27557 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27562 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27565 \begin_layout Description
27575 \begin_layout Description
27578 nomrefpage Like the
27585 \begin_layout Description
27588 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27597 \begin_layout Description
27601 \begin_inset space ~
27607 \begin_inset space ~
27612 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27615 \begin_layout Subsection
27616 Printing the Nomenclature
27617 \begin_inset Index idx
27620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27621 Nomenclature ! Printing
27629 \begin_layout Standard
27630 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27632 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27634 \begin_inset space ~
27638 \begin_inset space ~
27641 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27645 A light blue box labeled
27646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27657 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27658 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27661 \begin_layout Standard
27662 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27671 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27679 For example, in order to change the name to
27683 , add the following line to the preamble:
27686 \begin_layout Standard
27694 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27697 \begin_layout Standard
27698 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27705 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27706 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27717 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27720 \begin_layout Standard
27723 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27724 \begin_inset space ~
27728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27730 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27735 The default value is 1
27736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27742 \begin_layout Subsection
27743 Nomenclature Program
27744 \begin_inset Index idx
27747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27748 Nomenclature ! Program
27754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27756 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27763 \begin_layout Standard
27764 LyX uses the program
27768 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27769 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27774 by adding options, see section
27775 \begin_inset space ~
27779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27781 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27786 The available options are listed and explained in
27787 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27789 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27796 \begin_layout Section
27798 \begin_inset Index idx
27801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27808 \begin_inset Index idx
27811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27812 Document ! Branches
27818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27820 name "sec:Branches"
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27828 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27829 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27830 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27831 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27834 \begin_layout Standard
27835 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27836 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27837 To create a branch, go in the
27839 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27847 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27848 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27851 \begin_layout Standard
27852 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27853 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27855 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27858 where you can choose a branch.
27859 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27862 \begin_layout Standard
27863 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27864 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27868 \begin_inset Branch Question
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27872 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27880 \begin_layout Standard
27881 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27885 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27894 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27900 \begin_layout Standard
27901 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27902 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27904 For example you can define for the question branch
27908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27909 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27910 \begin_inset space ~
27914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27916 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27928 \begin_layout Standard
27938 \begin_layout Standard
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 and for the answer branch
27952 \begin_layout Standard
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27972 \begin_layout Standard
27973 \begin_inset Branch Question
27976 \begin_layout Standard
27980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28008 \begin_layout Standard
28009 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28012 \begin_layout Standard
28016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28044 \begin_layout Standard
28045 Now it is possible to use the commands
28049 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28056 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28059 to obtain conditional output.
28060 Here is an example formula where only the
28067 \begin_inset Formula \[
28068 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
28076 \begin_layout Standard
28077 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
28085 \begin_layout Section
28087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28089 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
28094 \begin_inset Index idx
28097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28106 \begin_layout Standard
28111 dialog allows you in the
28115 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
28116 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28121 \begin_inset Index idx
28124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28125 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28133 \begin_layout Standard
28138 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28139 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28140 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28142 You can specify in the dialog tab
28146 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28148 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28149 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
28153 \begin_layout Standard
28158 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28159 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28160 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28162 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28163 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28165 \begin_inset space ~
28168 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28169 \begin_inset space ~
28172 1 will only display the sections.
28175 \begin_layout Standard
28176 The header information in the dialog tab
28180 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28181 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28186 \begin_inset space \space{}
28189 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28190 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28193 Automatic fill header
28195 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28196 title and author settings.
28199 \begin_layout Standard
28202 Load in fullscreen mode
28204 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28207 \begin_layout Standard
28208 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28209 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28215 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28216 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28225 \begin_layout Section
28226 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28229 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28236 \begin_layout Subsection
28238 \begin_inset Index idx
28241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28250 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28257 \begin_layout Standard
28258 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28259 constructs, but not all.
28260 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28261 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28262 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28263 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28264 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28269 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28271 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28275 \begin_inset space ~
28280 or by the toolbar button
28281 \begin_inset Graphics
28282 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
28287 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28292 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28293 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28294 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28295 using the LaTeX-command
28301 , you can write the command part
28307 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28311 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28312 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28313 the following example:
28316 \begin_layout Standard
28317 \begin_inset Graphics
28318 filename ../clipart/ERT.png
28326 \begin_layout Standard
28330 \begin_layout Standard
28331 This is a line with a
28335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28358 \begin_layout Standard
28359 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28367 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28368 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28376 \begin_layout Subsection
28377 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28378 \begin_inset Argument
28381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28388 \begin_inset Index idx
28391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28400 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28407 \begin_layout Standard
28408 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28409 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28410 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28419 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28420 any time if you know the right commands.
28422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28426 \begin_inset space \space{}
28429 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28431 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28432 all caption labels bold.
28433 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28435 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28439 \begin_layout Standard
28440 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28441 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28442 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28444 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28453 \begin_layout Standard
28454 As result you know that the package
28459 \begin_inset Index idx
28462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28463 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28469 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28471 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28477 \begin_layout Standard
28482 usepackage[options]{package name}
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28486 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28487 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28488 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28491 \begin_layout Standard
28492 In your case the package name is
28497 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28502 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28503 So you add the command
28506 \begin_layout Standard
28511 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28514 \begin_layout Standard
28515 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28520 For more commands provided by the
28524 package, have a look at its documentation,
28525 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28539 \begin_layout Standard
28540 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28542 For example if you use a
28546 class, you don't need the package
28550 , you can instead write
28553 \begin_layout Standard
28558 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28563 \begin_layout Standard
28564 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28565 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28566 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28573 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28576 \begin_layout Standard
28577 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28578 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28580 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28581 the previous section.
28584 \begin_layout Standard
28585 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28587 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28589 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28597 \begin_layout Section
28598 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28601 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28606 \begin_inset Index idx
28609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28616 \begin_inset Index idx
28619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28628 \begin_layout Standard
28629 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28630 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28631 to break your train of thought with
28633 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28639 \begin_layout Standard
28640 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28641 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28646 \begin_inset Index idx
28649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28650 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28655 as explained below, and turn on
28658 \begin_inset space ~
28665 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28669 \begin_inset space ~
28673 \begin_inset space ~
28676 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28681 \begin_inset space ~
28686 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28690 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28692 Previews of an already loaded document are
28696 generated just by selecting the
28699 \begin_inset space ~
28704 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28707 \begin_layout Standard
28708 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28709 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28712 \begin_inset space ~
28717 check box in the insert dialog.
28718 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28723 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28727 (on some systems named simply
28732 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28734 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28740 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28741 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28749 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28754 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28760 \begin_layout Standard
28761 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28765 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28767 \begin_inset space ~
28772 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28773 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28775 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28776 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28777 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28778 the source view window.
28781 \begin_layout Section
28783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28785 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28790 \begin_inset Index idx
28793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28802 \begin_layout Standard
28803 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28804 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28821 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28827 can be seen as the successor to
28835 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28841 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28842 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28850 \begin_layout Standard
28851 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28852 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28859 \begin_layout Standard
28862 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28865 or the toolbar button
28866 \begin_inset Graphics
28867 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28871 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28872 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28873 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28874 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28875 scrolled so that it is visible.
28880 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28882 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28886 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28887 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28890 \begin_layout Standard
28891 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28898 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28899 will bring an error message.
28900 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28901 specifying a different
28903 Alternative language
28905 in preferences dialog.
28908 \begin_layout Standard
28909 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28912 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28916 \begin_layout Standard
28917 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28918 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28920 But you can use the
28923 \begin_inset space ~
28927 \begin_inset space ~
28935 \begin_layout Standard
28936 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28937 This does work with
28941 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28944 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28948 \begin_layout Standard
28953 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28956 \begin_layout Description
28958 \begin_inset space ~
28961 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28962 should consider, e.
28963 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28967 \begin_inset space \space{}
28970 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28971 This should not normally be needed.
28974 \begin_layout Description
28976 \begin_inset space ~
28979 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28980 the spell checker's default choice
28983 \begin_layout Description
28985 \begin_inset space ~
28989 \begin_inset space ~
28992 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29004 \begin_layout Description
29006 \begin_inset space ~
29010 \begin_inset space ~
29013 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
29015 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29022 also for the spellchecker.
29026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29027 The encodings are explained in section
29028 \begin_inset space ~
29032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29034 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29043 Only enable this if you use
29047 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
29048 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
29049 so this is disabled by default.
29052 \begin_layout Section
29054 \begin_inset Index idx
29057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29066 name "sec:Thesaurus"
29073 \begin_layout Standard
29074 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
29075 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
29084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29085 \begin_inset CommandInset href
29087 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
29096 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
29097 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
29098 are available for many languages.
29101 \begin_layout Standard
29102 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
29106 \begin_layout Subsection
29107 Setting up the thesaurus
29110 \begin_layout Standard
29115 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
29120 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
29125 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
29127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29131 en_EN for English).
29132 For instance, the English files are named:
29135 \begin_layout Itemize
29139 \begin_layout Itemize
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29144 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
29145 already on your system.
29146 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
29147 \begin_inset Flex URL
29150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29152 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29158 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29163 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29165 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29166 unpack a zip archive.
29169 \begin_layout Standard
29178 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29179 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29181 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29182 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29186 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29189 \begin_layout Subsection
29190 Using the thesaurus
29193 \begin_layout Standard
29194 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29196 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29199 or the toolbar button
29200 \begin_inset Graphics
29201 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29202 rotateOrigin center
29206 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29208 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29210 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29211 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29212 and hyponyms (such as
29220 ), compounds (such as
29224 ) and antonyms (such as
29232 ), which are marked as such.
29235 \begin_layout Standard
29236 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29237 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29241 \begin_layout Standard
29242 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29243 the dictionary, such as the above
29247 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29252 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29253 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29254 For example looking up the word forms
29262 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29267 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29280 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29281 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29282 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29285 \begin_layout Subsection
29286 License of the Thesaurus library
29289 \begin_layout Standard
29294 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29299 as a standalone program.
29300 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29301 The library was released under the
29303 Berkeley Database License
29305 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29306 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29307 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29309 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29312 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29316 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29319 \begin_layout Section
29321 \begin_inset Index idx
29324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29331 \begin_inset Index idx
29334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29335 Document ! Change Tracking
29341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29343 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29350 \begin_layout Standard
29351 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29352 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29353 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29354 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29356 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29358 \begin_inset space ~
29361 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29363 \begin_inset space ~
29371 \begin_layout Standard
29372 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29386 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29387 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29390 \begin_inset space ~
29394 \begin_inset space ~
29404 \begin_inset Index idx
29407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29408 Color ! Change tracking
29413 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29414 the cursor is in changed text.
29415 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29416 \begin_inset Graphics
29417 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
29418 rotateOrigin center
29425 \begin_layout Standard
29426 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29427 \begin_inset Index idx
29430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29439 \begin_layout Standard
29440 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29446 \begin_layout Standard
29447 \begin_inset Graphics
29448 filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29455 \begin_layout Standard
29456 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29462 \begin_layout Standard
29463 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29467 \begin_layout Standard
29468 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29474 \begin_layout Standard
29475 \begin_inset Tabular
29476 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29477 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29478 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29479 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29480 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29485 \begin_inset Graphics
29486 filename ../../images/changes-track.png
29487 rotateOrigin center
29496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29504 \begin_inset space ~
29507 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29509 \begin_inset space ~
29518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29523 \begin_inset Graphics
29524 filename ../../images/changes-output.png
29525 rotateOrigin center
29534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29540 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29542 \begin_inset space ~
29545 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29547 \begin_inset space ~
29551 \begin_inset space ~
29555 \begin_inset space ~
29564 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29569 \begin_inset Graphics
29570 filename ../../images/change-next.png
29571 rotateOrigin center
29580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 Jumps to the next change
29590 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29595 \begin_inset Graphics
29596 filename ../../images/change-accept.png
29597 rotateOrigin center
29606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29612 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29614 \begin_inset space ~
29617 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29619 \begin_inset space ~
29628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29633 \begin_inset Graphics
29634 filename ../../images/change-reject.png
29635 rotateOrigin center
29644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29650 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29652 \begin_inset space ~
29655 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29657 \begin_inset space ~
29666 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29671 \begin_inset Graphics
29672 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
29673 rotateOrigin center
29682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29688 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29690 \begin_inset space ~
29693 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29695 \begin_inset space ~
29704 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29709 \begin_inset Graphics
29710 filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
29711 rotateOrigin center
29720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29726 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29728 \begin_inset space ~
29731 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29733 \begin_inset space ~
29737 \begin_inset space ~
29746 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29751 \begin_inset Graphics
29752 filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
29753 rotateOrigin center
29762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29770 \begin_inset space ~
29773 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29775 \begin_inset space ~
29779 \begin_inset space ~
29788 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29793 \begin_inset Graphics
29794 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
29795 rotateOrigin center
29804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29810 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29811 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29813 \begin_inset space ~
29822 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29827 \begin_inset Graphics
29828 filename ../../images/note-next.png
29829 rotateOrigin center
29838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29844 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29846 \begin_inset space ~
29862 \begin_layout Standard
29863 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29869 \begin_layout Standard
29870 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29871 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29872 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29873 the next change after the current cursor position.
29874 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29875 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29876 step to the next change.
29877 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29880 \begin_layout Standard
29881 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29882 to describe a change.
29885 \begin_layout Standard
29886 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29891 \begin_inset Index idx
29894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29895 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29901 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29902 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29908 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29911 \begin_layout Section
29912 International Support
29913 \begin_inset Index idx
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 International support
29925 \begin_layout Standard
29926 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29927 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29928 how to set up LyX to use them:
29929 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29931 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29938 \begin_layout Standard
29939 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29940 \begin_inset space ~
29944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29946 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29953 \begin_layout Subsection
29955 \begin_inset Index idx
29958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29965 \begin_inset Index idx
29968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29969 Document ! Settings
29975 \begin_inset Index idx
29978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29979 Document ! Language
29987 \begin_layout Standard
29990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29993 dialog lets you set
29995 the language and character encoding for your language.
29999 \begin_layout Standard
30000 Choose your language in the
30004 section of this dialog.
30012 \begin_layout Standard
30017 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
30022 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
30023 For details about the different encoding options see section
30024 \begin_inset space ~
30028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30030 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30037 \begin_layout Subsection
30038 Keyboard mapping configuration
30039 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30041 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
30048 \begin_layout Standard
30049 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
30050 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
30051 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
30052 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
30053 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
30055 \begin_inset space ~
30059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30061 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
30066 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
30067 which one you want to use.
30070 \begin_layout Standard
30071 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
30072 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
30073 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
30074 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
30075 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
30076 one to support the characters you want.
30077 This and many other customizations are explained in the
30084 \begin_layout Subsection
30088 \begin_layout Standard
30090 \begin_inset space ~
30094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30096 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
30105 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
30109 \begin_layout Standard
30110 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
30111 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
30119 \begin_layout Itemize
30120 Even if you have selected
30126 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30129 dialog, users who have only the
30133 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
30137 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
30138 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
30139 french quotes won't show up.
30142 \begin_layout Standard
30143 \begin_inset Float table
30148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30149 \begin_inset Caption
30151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30154 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 \begin_inset Tabular
30173 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30174 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30175 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30176 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30177 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30178 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30179 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30180 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30181 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30182 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30183 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30184 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30185 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30187 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30188 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30189 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30191 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34607 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34608 also the characters from
34620 \begin_layout Itemize
34629 \begin_layout Standard
34630 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34631 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34637 \begin_layout Standard
34638 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34639 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34645 \begin_layout Standard
34646 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34647 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34653 \begin_layout Standard
34654 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34655 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34661 \begin_layout Standard
34663 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34671 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34677 \begin_layout Standard
34679 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34686 \begin_layout Itemize
34699 \begin_layout Standard
34701 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34707 \begin_layout Standard
34709 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34715 \begin_layout Standard
34717 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34723 \begin_layout Standard
34725 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34731 \begin_layout Standard
34733 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34739 \begin_layout Standard
34741 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34748 \begin_layout Standard
34749 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34750 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34751 Also make sure you're using the
34758 \begin_layout Chapter
34761 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34763 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34770 \begin_layout Standard
34771 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34772 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34773 topic inside the user's guide.
34776 \begin_layout Section
34778 \begin_inset Index idx
34781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34790 \begin_layout Standard
34795 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34796 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34799 \begin_layout Subsection
34803 \begin_layout Standard
34804 Creates a new document.
34807 \begin_layout Subsection
34811 \begin_layout Standard
34812 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34813 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34814 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34817 \begin_layout Subsection
34821 \begin_layout Standard
34825 \begin_layout Subsection
34829 \begin_layout Standard
34830 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34831 Click there on a file to open it.
34834 \begin_layout Subsection
34838 \begin_layout Standard
34839 Closes the current document.
34842 \begin_layout Subsection
34846 \begin_layout Standard
34847 Closes all opened documents.
34850 \begin_layout Subsection
34854 \begin_layout Standard
34855 Saves the actual document.
34858 \begin_layout Subsection
34862 \begin_layout Standard
34863 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34866 \begin_layout Subsection
34870 \begin_layout Standard
34871 Saves all opened documents.
34874 \begin_layout Subsection
34878 \begin_layout Standard
34879 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34882 \begin_layout Subsection
34886 \begin_layout Standard
34887 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34888 It is described in the section
34890 Version Control in LyX
34894 Additional Features
34899 \begin_layout Subsection
34903 \begin_layout Standard
34904 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34905 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34906 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34907 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34910 \begin_layout Standard
34911 When using the menu entry
34914 \begin_inset space ~
34919 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34923 \begin_inset space ~
34927 \begin_inset space ~
34932 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34933 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34936 \begin_layout Subsection
34938 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34947 \begin_layout Standard
34948 You can export your document to various file formats.
34949 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34950 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34951 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34954 \begin_layout Standard
34955 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34957 \begin_inset space ~
34961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34963 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34970 \begin_layout Description
34974 \begin_inset space ~
34979 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34981 \begin_inset Newline newline
34984 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34987 \begin_layout Description
34995 \begin_layout Description
34996 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
35000 \begin_layout Description
35002 \begin_inset space ~
35006 \begin_inset space ~
35009 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
35013 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
35021 \begin_layout Description
35028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 \begin_inset space ~
35041 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
35042 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
35046 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
35049 \begin_layout Description
35056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35064 \begin_inset space ~
35069 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
35070 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
35078 \begin_layout Description
35080 \begin_inset space ~
35083 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
35084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35091 is replaced by the version number)
35094 \begin_layout Description
35095 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
35098 \begin_layout Description
35099 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
35112 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
35116 \begin_layout Description
35120 \begin_inset space ~
35125 PDF-format using the program
35130 \begin_layout Description
35134 \begin_inset space ~
35139 PDF-format using the program
35144 \begin_layout Description
35148 \begin_inset space ~
35153 PDF-format using the program
35158 \begin_layout Description
35162 \begin_inset space ~
35170 \begin_layout Description
35174 \begin_inset space ~
35178 \begin_inset space ~
35183 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35184 and then exported as text using the program
35189 \begin_layout Description
35194 PostScript format using the program
35199 \begin_layout Description
35207 \begin_layout Standard
35212 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35213 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35219 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35222 \begin_layout Standard
35223 If one of the menu entries
35230 \begin_inset space ~
35239 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35240 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35241 \begin_inset space ~
35245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35247 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35252 \begin_inset Index idx
35255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35256 Reconfiguration of LyX
35264 \begin_layout Standard
35269 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35270 the export program.
35273 \begin_layout Subsection
35277 \begin_layout Standard
35278 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35279 format or send it to a printer.
35280 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35281 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35287 For more information have a look at section
35288 \begin_inset space ~
35292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35294 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35301 \begin_layout Subsection
35305 \begin_layout Standard
35306 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35307 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35308 prefix, see section
35309 \begin_inset space ~
35313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35315 reference "sec:Paths"
35320 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35329 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35330 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35331 \begin_inset space ~
35335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35337 reference "sub:Converters"
35344 \begin_layout Subsection
35345 New and Close Window
35348 \begin_layout Standard
35349 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35352 \begin_layout Subsection
35356 \begin_layout Standard
35357 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35360 \begin_layout Section
35362 \begin_inset Index idx
35365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35374 \begin_layout Subsection
35378 \begin_layout Standard
35379 Described in section
35380 \begin_inset space ~
35384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35386 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35393 \begin_layout Subsection
35394 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35397 \begin_layout Standard
35398 Described in section
35399 \begin_inset space ~
35403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35405 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35412 \begin_layout Subsection
35416 \begin_layout Standard
35417 Selects the whole document.
35420 \begin_layout Subsection
35424 \begin_layout Standard
35425 Described in section
35426 \begin_inset space ~
35430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35432 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35439 \begin_layout Subsection
35440 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35443 \begin_layout Standard
35444 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35448 \begin_layout Subsection
35452 \begin_layout Standard
35453 Described in section
35454 \begin_inset space ~
35458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35460 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35467 \begin_layout Subsection
35469 \begin_inset Index idx
35472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35473 Paragraph ! Settings
35481 \begin_layout Standard
35482 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35483 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35486 \begin_layout Standard
35487 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35488 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35490 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35496 \begin_inset space ~
35504 \begin_layout Subsection
35505 Table Settings and Math
35508 \begin_layout Standard
35509 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35511 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35512 The properties of tables are described in section
35513 \begin_inset space ~
35517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35519 reference "sec:Tables"
35523 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35524 \begin_inset space ~
35528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35530 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35537 \begin_layout Subsection
35538 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35541 \begin_layout Standard
35542 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35543 that can be nested.
35544 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35545 \begin_inset space ~
35549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35551 reference "sec:Nesting"
35556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35558 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35565 \begin_layout Section
35567 \begin_inset Index idx
35570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35579 \begin_layout Standard
35584 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35585 document with an external program.
35586 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35587 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35588 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35589 \begin_inset space ~
35593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35595 reference "sub:Export"
35600 You should at least see the menu entries
35607 \begin_inset space ~
35613 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35614 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35615 \begin_inset space ~
35619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35621 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35626 \begin_inset Index idx
35629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35630 Reconfiguration of LyX
35638 \begin_layout Standard
35639 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35640 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35641 \begin_inset space ~
35645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35647 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35652 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
35655 \begin_layout Standard
35656 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35659 At the bottom of the
35663 menu the opened documents are listed.
35666 \begin_layout Subsection
35667 Open/Close all Insets
35670 \begin_layout Standard
35671 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35674 \begin_layout Subsection
35675 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35678 \begin_layout Standard
35679 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35682 \begin_layout Standard
35683 Math macros are described in the
35690 \begin_layout Subsection
35694 \begin_layout Standard
35695 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35697 \begin_inset space ~
35701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35703 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35710 \begin_layout Subsection
35714 \begin_layout Standard
35715 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35716 opening a new view window.
35719 \begin_layout Subsection
35723 \begin_layout Standard
35724 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35725 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35726 view the same document, but at different positions.
35727 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35728 or more documents at the same time.
35729 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35736 \begin_layout Subsection
35740 \begin_layout Standard
35741 Closes a split view.
35744 \begin_layout Subsection
35748 \begin_layout Standard
35749 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35750 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35751 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35752 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35753 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35756 \begin_layout Subsection
35758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35760 name "sub:Toolbars"
35765 \begin_inset Index idx
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35777 \begin_layout Standard
35778 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35779 All toolbars and the
35782 \begin_inset space ~
35787 can be turned on and off.
35792 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35804 \begin_inset space ~
35813 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35817 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35824 \begin_layout Standard
35829 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35833 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35834 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35835 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35836 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35837 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35840 \begin_layout Standard
35841 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35842 \begin_inset space ~
35846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35848 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35855 \begin_layout Section
35857 \begin_inset Index idx
35860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35869 \begin_layout Subsection
35873 \begin_layout Standard
35874 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35875 \begin_inset space ~
35879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35881 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35892 \begin_layout Subsection
35894 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35896 name "sub:Special-Character"
35903 \begin_layout Standard
35904 Here you can insert the following characters:
35907 \begin_layout Description
35908 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35909 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35910 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35911 \begin_inset Newline newline
35915 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35923 Not all characters will be visible in the
35927 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35935 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35939 ) can display every character.
35947 \begin_layout Description
35948 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35952 \begin_layout Description
35954 \begin_inset space ~
35958 \begin_inset space ~
35961 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35962 \begin_inset space ~
35966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35968 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35975 \begin_layout Description
35977 \begin_inset space ~
35980 Quote Inserts this quote:
35981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35984 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35986 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35996 \begin_layout Description
35998 \begin_inset space ~
36001 Quote Inserts this quote:
36002 \begin_inset Quotes els
36008 \begin_layout Description
36010 \begin_inset space ~
36013 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
36017 \begin_layout Description
36019 \begin_inset space ~
36022 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
36026 \begin_layout Description
36028 \begin_inset space ~
36031 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36035 \begin_layout Description
36037 \begin_inset space ~
36041 \begin_inset Index idx
36044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36051 \begin_inset Index idx
36054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36055 Language ! Phonetic symbols
36060 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
36061 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
36062 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36067 \begin_inset Index idx
36070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36071 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36077 \begin_inset Newline newline
36080 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36084 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36092 and this Wiki-page:
36093 \begin_inset Newline newline
36097 \begin_inset Flex URL
36100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36102 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36110 \begin_layout Subsection
36114 \begin_layout Standard
36115 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36118 \begin_layout Description
36119 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36120 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36126 \begin_layout Description
36127 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36128 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36134 \begin_layout Description
36136 \begin_inset space ~
36139 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36140 \begin_inset space ~
36144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36146 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36153 \begin_layout Description
36155 \begin_inset space ~
36158 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36159 \begin_inset space ~
36163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36165 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36172 \begin_layout Description
36174 \begin_inset space ~
36177 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36178 \begin_inset space ~
36182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36184 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36191 \begin_layout Description
36193 \begin_inset space ~
36196 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36197 \begin_inset space ~
36201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36203 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36210 \begin_layout Description
36212 \begin_inset space ~
36215 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36216 \begin_inset space ~
36220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36222 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36229 \begin_layout Description
36231 \begin_inset space ~
36234 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36235 \begin_inset space ~
36239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36241 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36248 \begin_layout Description
36250 \begin_inset space ~
36253 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36254 \begin_inset space ~
36258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36260 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36267 \begin_layout Description
36269 \begin_inset space ~
36272 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36273 \begin_inset space ~
36277 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36279 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36286 \begin_layout Description
36288 \begin_inset space ~
36292 \begin_inset space ~
36295 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36296 \begin_inset space ~
36300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36302 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36309 \begin_layout Description
36311 \begin_inset space ~
36314 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36315 text line to the page border, see section
36316 \begin_inset space ~
36320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36322 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36329 \begin_layout Description
36331 \begin_inset space ~
36334 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36335 \begin_inset space ~
36339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36341 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36348 \begin_layout Description
36350 \begin_inset space ~
36353 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36354 text page to the page border, described in section
36355 \begin_inset space ~
36359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36361 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36368 \begin_layout Description
36370 \begin_inset space ~
36373 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36374 \begin_inset space ~
36378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36380 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36387 \begin_layout Description
36389 \begin_inset space ~
36393 \begin_inset space ~
36396 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36397 \begin_inset space ~
36401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36403 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36410 \begin_layout Subsection
36414 \begin_layout Standard
36415 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36416 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36418 \begin_inset space ~
36422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36424 reference "sec:toc"
36429 The index list is described in section
36430 \begin_inset space ~
36434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36436 reference "sec:Index"
36440 , the nomenclature in section
36441 \begin_inset space ~
36445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36447 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36451 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36452 \begin_inset space ~
36456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36458 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36465 \begin_layout Subsection
36469 \begin_layout Standard
36470 To insert floats, described in section
36471 \begin_inset space ~
36475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36477 reference "sec:Floats"
36484 \begin_layout Subsection
36488 \begin_layout Standard
36489 To insert notes, described in section
36490 \begin_inset space ~
36494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36496 reference "sec:Notes"
36503 \begin_layout Subsection
36507 \begin_layout Standard
36508 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36509 \begin_inset space ~
36513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36515 reference "sec:Branches"
36522 \begin_layout Subsection
36526 \begin_layout Standard
36527 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36528 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36530 An example is the document class
36531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36538 with three custom insets.
36541 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36547 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36550 \begin_layout Subsection
36552 \begin_inset Index idx
36555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36564 \begin_layout Standard
36565 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36566 files in your document.
36567 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36578 \begin_layout Subsection
36580 \begin_inset Index idx
36583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36592 \begin_layout Standard
36593 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36594 \begin_inset space ~
36598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36600 reference "sec:Minipages"
36605 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36616 \begin_layout Subsection
36620 \begin_layout Standard
36621 Inserts a citation as described in section
36622 \begin_inset space ~
36626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36628 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36635 \begin_layout Subsection
36639 \begin_layout Standard
36640 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36641 \begin_inset space ~
36645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36647 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36654 \begin_layout Subsection
36658 \begin_layout Standard
36659 Inserts a label as described in section
36660 \begin_inset space ~
36664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36666 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36673 \begin_layout Subsection
36675 \begin_inset Index idx
36678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 \begin_inset Index idx
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36689 Longtables ! Caption
36697 \begin_layout Standard
36698 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36699 Floats are described in section
36700 \begin_inset space ~
36704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36706 reference "sec:Floats"
36710 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36721 \begin_layout Subsection
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36726 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36727 \begin_inset space ~
36731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36733 reference "sec:Index"
36740 \begin_layout Subsection
36744 \begin_layout Standard
36745 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36746 \begin_inset space ~
36750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36752 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36759 \begin_layout Subsection
36763 \begin_layout Standard
36765 Tables are described in section
36766 \begin_inset space ~
36770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36772 reference "sec:Tables"
36779 \begin_layout Subsection
36783 \begin_layout Standard
36785 Graphics are described in section
36786 \begin_inset space ~
36790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36792 reference "sec:Graphics"
36799 \begin_layout Subsection
36803 \begin_layout Standard
36804 Inserts an URL as described in section
36805 \begin_inset space ~
36809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36811 reference "sub:URLs"
36818 \begin_layout Subsection
36822 \begin_layout Standard
36823 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36824 \begin_inset space ~
36828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36830 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36837 \begin_layout Subsection
36841 \begin_layout Standard
36842 Inserts a footnote, see section
36843 \begin_inset space ~
36847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36849 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36856 \begin_layout Subsection
36860 \begin_layout Standard
36861 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36862 \begin_inset space ~
36866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36868 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36875 \begin_layout Subsection
36879 \begin_layout Standard
36880 Inserts a short title, see section
36881 \begin_inset space ~
36885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36887 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36894 \begin_layout Subsection
36898 \begin_layout Standard
36899 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36900 \begin_inset space ~
36904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36906 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36913 \begin_layout Subsection
36915 \begin_inset Index idx
36918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36928 Inserts a program listings box.
36929 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36931 Program Code Listings
36940 \begin_layout Subsection
36944 \begin_layout Standard
36945 Inserts the actual date.
36946 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36948 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36960 \begin_layout Section
36962 \begin_inset Index idx
36965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36974 \begin_layout Standard
36975 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36976 \begin_inset space ~
36979 of the current document.
36980 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36983 \begin_layout Subsection
36987 \begin_layout Standard
36988 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36989 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36995 \begin_inset space \space{}
36999 \begin_inset space ~
37003 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
37004 \begin_inset space ~
37007 2.5 and use the menu
37010 \begin_inset space ~
37014 \begin_inset space ~
37021 \begin_inset space ~
37027 \begin_inset space ~
37031 \begin_inset space ~
37037 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
37041 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
37047 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
37053 \begin_layout Standard
37054 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
37055 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
37058 \begin_layout Subsection
37059 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
37062 \begin_layout Standard
37063 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37067 \begin_layout Subsection
37071 \begin_layout Standard
37072 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37073 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37074 on a cross-reference box.
37077 \begin_layout Section
37079 \begin_inset Index idx
37082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37091 \begin_layout Subsection
37095 \begin_layout Standard
37096 Change Tracking is described in section
37097 \begin_inset space ~
37101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37103 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37110 \begin_layout Subsection
37115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37125 \begin_layout Standard
37126 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37128 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37131 \begin_layout Standard
37132 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37137 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37140 \begin_layout Subsection
37144 \begin_layout Standard
37145 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37146 \begin_inset space ~
37150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37152 reference "sec:Navigating"
37157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37159 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37166 \begin_layout Subsection
37167 Start Appendix Here
37170 \begin_layout Standard
37171 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37172 position as described in section
37173 \begin_inset space ~
37177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37179 reference "sec:Appendices"
37186 \begin_layout Subsection
37190 \begin_layout Standard
37191 Un/compresses the current document.
37194 \begin_layout Subsection
37198 \begin_layout Standard
37199 The document settings are described in appendix
37200 \begin_inset space ~
37204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37206 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37213 \begin_layout Section
37215 \begin_inset Index idx
37218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37227 \begin_layout Subsection
37231 \begin_layout Standard
37232 Spell checking is explained in section
37233 \begin_inset space ~
37237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37239 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37246 \begin_layout Subsection
37250 \begin_layout Standard
37251 The thesaurus is described in section
37252 \begin_inset space ~
37256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37258 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37265 \begin_layout Subsection
37267 \begin_inset Index idx
37270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37277 \begin_inset Index idx
37280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37289 \begin_layout Standard
37290 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37291 highlighted document part.
37294 \begin_layout Subsection
37296 \begin_inset Index idx
37299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37308 \begin_layout Standard
37309 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37312 \begin_layout Subsection
37314 \begin_inset Index idx
37317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37318 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37329 Reconfiguration of LyX
37333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37346 \begin_inset Index idx
37349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37350 Reconfiguration of LyX
37358 \begin_layout Standard
37359 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37360 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37361 \begin_inset space ~
37365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37367 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37374 \begin_layout Subsection
37378 \begin_layout Standard
37379 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37386 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37393 \begin_layout Section
37395 \begin_inset Index idx
37398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37407 \begin_layout Standard
37408 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37412 \begin_layout Standard
37416 \begin_inset space ~
37421 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37422 found by LyX (see also section
37423 \begin_inset space ~
37427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37429 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37436 \begin_layout Section
37438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37440 name "sec:Toolbars"
37447 \begin_layout Standard
37448 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37449 \begin_inset space ~
37453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37455 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37462 \begin_layout Standard
37463 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37464 This is described in the
37466 Additional Features
37471 \begin_layout Subsection
37473 \begin_inset Index idx
37476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37485 \begin_layout Standard
37486 \begin_inset Graphics
37487 filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37495 \begin_layout Standard
37496 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37502 \begin_layout Standard
37503 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37520 \begin_inset Note Note
37523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37524 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37529 manual for more information.
37537 \begin_layout Standard
37538 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37544 \begin_layout Standard
37545 \begin_inset Tabular
37546 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37547 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37555 \begin_inset Graphics
37556 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37583 \begin_layout Standard
37584 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37590 \begin_layout Standard
37592 \begin_inset Tabular
37593 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37594 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37595 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37596 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37597 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37604 \begin_inset Graphics
37605 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
37614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37620 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 \begin_inset Graphics
37633 filename ../../images/file-open.png
37642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37648 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37660 \begin_inset Graphics
37661 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
37670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37676 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37683 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37688 \begin_inset Graphics
37689 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
37698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37704 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37711 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37716 \begin_inset Graphics
37717 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37732 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37744 \begin_inset Graphics
37745 filename ../../images/undo.png
37754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37760 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 \begin_inset Graphics
37773 filename ../../images/redo.png
37782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37788 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37795 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37800 \begin_inset Graphics
37801 filename ../../images/cut.png
37810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37823 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37828 \begin_inset Graphics
37829 filename ../../images/copy.png
37838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37844 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37851 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37856 \begin_inset Graphics
37857 filename ../../images/paste.png
37866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37872 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37879 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37884 \begin_inset Graphics
37885 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37886 rotateOrigin center
37895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37901 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37907 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37921 \begin_inset Graphics
37922 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37923 rotateOrigin center
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37938 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37939 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37946 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37951 \begin_inset Graphics
37952 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
37961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37967 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37969 \begin_inset space ~
37980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 \begin_inset Graphics
37986 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
37995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37999 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38001 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38003 \begin_inset space ~
38014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38019 \begin_inset Graphics
38020 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
38029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38033 Formats text using the current settings in the
38035 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38037 \begin_inset space ~
38048 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38053 \begin_inset Graphics
38054 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
38063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38069 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38070 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38072 \begin_inset space ~
38081 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38086 \begin_inset Graphics
38087 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38088 rotateOrigin center
38097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38110 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38115 \begin_inset Graphics
38116 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
38117 rotateOrigin center
38126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38132 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38139 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38144 \begin_inset Graphics
38145 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38146 rotateOrigin center
38155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38159 Toggle outline window on/off,
38161 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38173 \begin_inset Graphics
38174 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38175 rotateOrigin center
38184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38188 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38194 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38199 \begin_inset Graphics
38200 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38201 rotateOrigin center
38210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38214 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38227 \begin_layout Subsection
38229 \begin_inset Index idx
38232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38241 \begin_layout Standard
38242 \begin_inset Graphics
38243 filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38251 \begin_layout Standard
38252 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38258 \begin_layout Standard
38259 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38263 \begin_layout Standard
38264 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38270 \begin_layout Standard
38271 \begin_inset Tabular
38272 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38273 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38274 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38275 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38281 \begin_inset Graphics
38282 filename ../../images/layout.png
38283 rotateOrigin center
38292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 \begin_inset Graphics
38308 filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38309 rotateOrigin center
38318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38328 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38333 \begin_inset Graphics
38334 filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png
38335 rotateOrigin center
38344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38359 \begin_inset Graphics
38360 filename ../../images/layout_List.png
38361 rotateOrigin center
38370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38380 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38385 \begin_inset Graphics
38386 filename ../../images/layout_Description.png
38387 rotateOrigin center
38396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38411 \begin_inset Graphics
38412 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
38413 rotateOrigin center
38422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38428 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38430 \begin_inset space ~
38434 \begin_inset space ~
38443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38448 \begin_inset Graphics
38449 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
38450 rotateOrigin center
38459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38465 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38467 \begin_inset space ~
38471 \begin_inset space ~
38480 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38485 \begin_inset Graphics
38486 filename ../../images/float-insert_figure.png
38495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38501 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38502 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38514 \begin_inset Graphics
38515 filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png
38524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38531 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38543 \begin_inset Graphics
38544 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
38553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38571 \begin_inset Graphics
38572 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38599 \begin_inset Graphics
38600 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38627 \begin_inset Graphics
38628 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
38637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38645 \begin_inset space ~
38654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38659 \begin_inset Graphics
38660 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
38669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38677 \begin_inset space ~
38686 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38691 \begin_inset Graphics
38692 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
38701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38714 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38719 \begin_inset Graphics
38720 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38721 rotateOrigin center
38730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38738 \begin_inset space ~
38747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38752 \begin_inset Graphics
38753 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
38762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38769 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38771 \begin_inset space ~
38780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38785 \begin_inset Graphics
38786 filename ../../images/box-insert.png
38795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38808 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38813 \begin_inset Graphics
38814 filename ../../images/url-insert.png
38823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38829 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38836 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38841 \begin_inset Graphics
38842 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
38851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38879 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38884 \begin_inset Graphics
38885 filename ../../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38901 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38908 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38913 \begin_inset Graphics
38914 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38929 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38930 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38932 \begin_inset space ~
38941 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38946 \begin_inset Graphics
38947 filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
38948 rotateOrigin center
38957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38963 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38965 \begin_inset space ~
38974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38979 \begin_inset Graphics
38980 filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
38981 rotateOrigin center
38990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38998 \begin_inset space ~
39007 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39012 \begin_inset Graphics
39013 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39014 rotateOrigin center
39023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39029 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39043 \begin_layout Subsection
39044 View / Update Toolbar
39045 \begin_inset Index idx
39048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39049 Toolbar ! View / Update
39057 \begin_layout Standard
39058 \begin_inset Graphics
39059 filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39066 \begin_layout Standard
39067 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39073 \begin_layout Standard
39074 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39078 \begin_layout Standard
39079 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39085 \begin_layout Standard
39086 \begin_inset Tabular
39087 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39088 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39089 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39090 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39091 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39096 \begin_inset Graphics
39097 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39098 rotateOrigin center
39107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39113 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39125 \begin_inset Graphics
39126 filename ../../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39127 rotateOrigin center
39136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39142 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39143 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39155 \begin_inset Graphics
39156 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39157 rotateOrigin center
39166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39172 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39184 \begin_inset Graphics
39185 filename ../../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39186 rotateOrigin center
39195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39201 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39202 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39214 \begin_inset Graphics
39215 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39216 rotateOrigin center
39225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39231 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39243 \begin_inset Graphics
39244 filename ../../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39245 rotateOrigin center
39254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39260 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39261 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39275 \begin_layout Subsection
39279 \begin_layout Standard
39280 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39281 \begin_inset space ~
39285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39287 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39291 , the table toolbar
39292 \begin_inset Index idx
39295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39305 manual, the math macro toolbar
39306 \begin_inset Index idx
39309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39322 \begin_layout Chapter
39323 The Document Settings
39324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39326 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39331 \begin_inset Index idx
39334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39335 Document ! Settings
39343 \begin_layout Standard
39344 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39345 whole document and is called with the menu
39347 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39351 You can save your document settings as default with th
39353 e Save as Document Defaults
39355 button in the dialog.
39356 This will create a template name
39364 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39368 \begin_layout Standard
39369 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39372 \begin_layout Section
39376 \begin_layout Standard
39377 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39379 Document classes are described in section
39380 \begin_inset space ~
39384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39386 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39391 Some classes use some class options by default.
39392 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39396 and you can decide to use them or not.
39397 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39398 recommended not to touch them.
39399 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39405 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39406 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39412 When you want one of the following drivers
39413 \begin_inset Newline newline
39416 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39417 \begin_inset Newline newline
39420 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39425 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39427 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39439 \begin_layout Standard
39440 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39441 child or subdocument.
39442 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39443 without its master.
39444 This way child documents are always compilable.
39445 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39456 \begin_layout Section
39460 \begin_layout Standard
39461 Modules are explained in section
39462 \begin_inset space ~
39466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39468 reference "sub:Modules"
39475 \begin_layout Section
39479 \begin_layout Standard
39480 The document font settings are described in section
39481 \begin_inset space ~
39485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39487 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39494 \begin_layout Section
39498 \begin_layout Standard
39499 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39501 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39505 \begin_layout Standard
39506 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39507 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39508 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39511 \begin_layout Standard
39512 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39520 \begin_layout Section
39524 \begin_layout Standard
39525 A description of this menu is given in section
39526 \begin_inset space ~
39530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39532 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39539 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39546 \begin_layout Section
39550 \begin_layout Standard
39551 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39552 \begin_inset space ~
39556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39558 reference "sub:Margins"
39565 \begin_layout Section
39567 \begin_inset Index idx
39570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39571 Language ! Encoding
39579 \begin_layout Standard
39580 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39581 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39582 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39583 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39584 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39585 known for a particular character).
39589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39590 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39591 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39596 manual for details.
39604 \begin_layout Standard
39605 If you use the option
39609 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39610 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39611 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39612 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39613 exactly one encoding.
39614 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39623 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39624 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39626 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39627 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39641 \begin_layout Standard
39642 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39643 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39644 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39645 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39646 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39647 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39652 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39653 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39654 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39657 \begin_layout Standard
39658 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39661 \begin_layout Description
39663 \begin_inset space ~
39667 \begin_inset space ~
39671 \begin_inset space ~
39678 , but the LaTeX-package
39683 \begin_inset Index idx
39686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39687 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39693 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39694 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39695 languages in TeX code.
39698 \begin_layout Description
39699 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39700 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39701 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39704 \begin_layout Description
39706 \begin_inset space ~
39710 \begin_inset space ~
39713 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39716 \begin_layout Description
39718 \begin_inset space ~
39722 \begin_inset space ~
39725 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39728 \begin_layout Description
39730 \begin_inset space ~
39733 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39736 \begin_layout Description
39738 \begin_inset space ~
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39745 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39746 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39749 \begin_layout Description
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39758 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39762 \begin_layout Description
39764 \begin_inset space ~
39768 \begin_inset space ~
39771 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39772 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39775 \begin_layout Description
39777 \begin_inset space ~
39781 \begin_inset space ~
39785 \begin_inset space ~
39788 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39795 \begin_layout Description
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39801 \begin_inset space ~
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39808 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39809 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39812 \begin_layout Description
39814 \begin_inset space ~
39818 \begin_inset space ~
39821 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39822 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39823 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39824 \begin_inset space ~
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39834 \begin_layout Description
39836 \begin_inset space ~
39840 \begin_inset space ~
39843 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39844 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39845 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39846 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39857 \begin_layout Description
39859 \begin_inset space ~
39863 \begin_inset space ~
39866 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39869 \begin_layout Description
39871 \begin_inset space ~
39875 \begin_inset space ~
39878 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39881 \begin_layout Description
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39890 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39893 \begin_layout Description
39895 \begin_inset space ~
39898 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39901 \begin_layout Description
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39906 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39909 \begin_layout Description
39911 \begin_inset space ~
39915 \begin_inset space ~
39918 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39921 \begin_layout Description
39923 \begin_inset space ~
39927 \begin_inset space ~
39933 \begin_layout Description
39935 \begin_inset space ~
39939 \begin_inset space ~
39942 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39945 \begin_layout Description
39947 \begin_inset space ~
39951 \begin_inset space ~
39957 \begin_layout Description
39959 \begin_inset space ~
39963 \begin_inset space ~
39966 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39971 \begin_inset Index idx
39974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39975 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39980 , when using this, set the document language to
39985 \begin_layout Description
39987 \begin_inset space ~
39991 \begin_inset space ~
39994 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39998 , when using this, set the document language to
40003 \begin_layout Description
40005 \begin_inset space ~
40009 \begin_inset space ~
40012 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40017 \begin_inset Index idx
40020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40021 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40026 , when using this, set the document language to
40031 \begin_layout Description
40033 \begin_inset space ~
40037 \begin_inset space ~
40040 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40044 , when using this, set the document language to
40049 \begin_layout Description
40051 \begin_inset space ~
40055 \begin_inset space ~
40058 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40062 , when using this, set the document language to
40067 \begin_layout Description
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40072 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40075 \begin_layout Description
40077 \begin_inset space ~
40081 \begin_inset space ~
40085 \begin_inset space ~
40088 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40091 \begin_layout Description
40093 \begin_inset space ~
40097 \begin_inset space ~
40101 \begin_inset space ~
40104 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40105 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40106 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40109 \begin_layout Description
40111 \begin_inset space ~
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40121 \begin_layout Description
40123 \begin_inset space ~
40127 \begin_inset space ~
40130 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40131 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40134 \begin_layout Description
40136 \begin_inset space ~
40140 \begin_inset space ~
40143 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40148 \begin_inset Index idx
40151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40152 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40157 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40160 \begin_layout Description
40162 \begin_inset space ~
40166 \begin_inset space ~
40169 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40173 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40182 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40183 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40197 \begin_layout Description
40199 \begin_inset space ~
40203 \begin_inset space ~
40206 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40211 \begin_inset Index idx
40214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40215 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40220 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40223 \begin_layout Description
40225 \begin_inset space ~
40228 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40233 \begin_inset Index idx
40236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40237 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40243 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40247 \begin_layout Description
40249 \begin_inset space ~
40253 \begin_inset space ~
40257 \begin_inset space ~
40260 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40261 \begin_inset space ~
40267 \begin_layout Description
40269 \begin_inset space ~
40273 \begin_inset space ~
40277 \begin_inset space ~
40280 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40281 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40282 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40286 \begin_layout Description
40288 \begin_inset space ~
40292 \begin_inset space ~
40296 \begin_inset space ~
40299 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40300 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40303 \begin_layout Section
40307 \begin_layout Standard
40308 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40309 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40310 \begin_inset space ~
40314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40316 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40323 \begin_layout Section
40327 \begin_layout Standard
40328 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40333 \begin_inset Index idx
40336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40337 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40347 \begin_inset Index idx
40350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40351 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40356 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40361 \begin_inset Index idx
40364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40365 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40370 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40372 For a further description see section
40373 \begin_inset space ~
40377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40379 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40386 \begin_layout Section
40390 \begin_layout Standard
40391 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40392 and you can define additional indexes.
40393 Please refer to section
40394 \begin_inset space ~
40398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40400 reference "sec:Index"
40407 \begin_layout Section
40411 \begin_layout Standard
40412 The PDF properties are explained in section
40413 \begin_inset space ~
40417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40419 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40426 \begin_layout Section
40430 \begin_layout Standard
40431 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40436 \begin_inset Index idx
40439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40440 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40450 \begin_inset Index idx
40453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40454 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40459 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40462 \begin_layout Standard
40467 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40468 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40471 \begin_layout Standard
40476 is used for special integral characters.
40479 \begin_layout Section
40483 \begin_layout Standard
40484 The float placement options are described in section
40485 \begin_inset space ~
40489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40491 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40498 \begin_layout Section
40502 \begin_layout Standard
40503 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40504 The itemize environment is described in section
40505 \begin_inset space ~
40509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40511 reference "sec:Itemize"
40518 \begin_layout Section
40522 \begin_layout Standard
40523 Branches are described in section
40524 \begin_inset space ~
40528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40530 reference "sec:Branches"
40537 \begin_layout Section
40542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40552 \begin_layout Standard
40553 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40554 to define LaTeX-commands.
40555 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40556 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40560 \begin_layout Standard
40561 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40562 \begin_inset space ~
40566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40568 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40575 \begin_layout Chapter
40581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40583 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40588 \begin_inset Index idx
40591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40600 \begin_layout Standard
40601 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40603 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40607 It has the following submenus.
40610 \begin_layout Section
40614 \begin_layout Subsection
40618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40619 User Interface File
40620 \begin_inset Index idx
40623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40624 Customization ! of toolbars
40630 \begin_inset Index idx
40633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40634 Customization ! of menus
40642 \begin_layout Standard
40643 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40651 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40660 \begin_layout Standard
40661 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40662 interface (ui) file.
40663 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40664 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40673 Both files are loaded by the
40678 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40679 files and edit the entries.
40682 \begin_layout Standard
40683 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40695 entries must be ended with an explicit
40720 and in the case of the
40721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40733 The syntax for the entries is:
40736 \begin_layout Standard
40737 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40765 \begin_layout Standard
40767 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40770 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
40772 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40774 \begin_inset space ~
40782 \begin_layout Standard
40783 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40789 \begin_layout Standard
40790 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40792 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40795 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40799 \begin_layout Standard
40800 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40824 \begin_layout Standard
40826 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40829 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40836 \begin_layout Standard
40839 Enable tool tips in main work area
40841 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40849 \begin_layout Standard
40853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40860 restoring of window layout and geometries
40862 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40863 in the last LyX session.
40866 \begin_layout Standard
40869 Restore cursor positions
40871 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40875 \begin_layout Standard
40878 Load opened files from last session
40880 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40883 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40887 name "sub:Backup documents"
40892 \begin_inset Index idx
40895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40904 \begin_layout Standard
40909 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40912 \begin_layout Standard
40917 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40920 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40922 \begin_inset space ~
40930 \begin_layout Standard
40933 Open documents in tabs
40935 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40939 \begin_layout Subsection
40941 \begin_inset Index idx
40944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40953 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40960 \begin_layout Standard
40961 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40964 \begin_layout Standard
40965 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40973 This section only deals with the fonts
40978 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40981 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40982 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40993 \begin_layout Standard
40994 By default, LyX uses
40998 as roman (serif) font,
41006 (depends on the system) as
41009 \begin_inset space ~
41025 \begin_layout Standard
41026 You can change the font size with the
41031 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41032 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41035 \begin_layout Standard
41040 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41041 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41046 points have the size of 1
41047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41051 \begin_inset space ~
41055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41057 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41064 \begin_layout Standard
41069 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41074 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41075 \begin_inset space ~
41079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41081 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41088 \begin_layout Standard
41091 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41093 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41094 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41095 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41096 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41098 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41099 \begin_inset space ~
41105 \begin_layout Subsection
41107 \begin_inset Index idx
41110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41117 \begin_inset Index idx
41120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41129 \begin_layout Standard
41130 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41131 Choose an item in the list and use the
41138 \begin_layout Subsection
41140 \begin_inset Index idx
41143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41152 \begin_layout Standard
41153 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41156 \begin_layout Standard
41161 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41162 This feature is described in section
41163 \begin_inset space ~
41167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41169 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41176 \begin_layout Standard
41180 \begin_inset space ~
41184 \begin_inset space ~
41188 \begin_inset space ~
41193 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41196 \begin_layout Section
41198 \begin_inset Index idx
41201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41210 \begin_layout Subsection
41214 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41218 \begin_layout Standard
41221 Cursor follows scrollbar
41223 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41227 \begin_layout Standard
41230 Sort environments alphabetically
41232 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41235 \begin_layout Standard
41238 Group environments by their category
41240 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41243 \begin_layout Standard
41244 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41256 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41260 \begin_layout Standard
41261 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41266 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41267 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41271 \begin_layout Subsection
41273 \begin_inset Index idx
41276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41283 \begin_inset Index idx
41286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41287 Settings ! Shortcuts
41295 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41299 \begin_layout Standard
41300 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41301 Several binding files are available:
41304 \begin_layout Description
41305 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41308 \begin_layout Description
41309 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41320 \begin_layout Description
41321 mac.bind set of bindings for
41324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41332 \begin_layout Standard
41333 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41337 , and bind files for special languages.
41338 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41343 \begin_inset space \space{}
41347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41355 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41359 \begin_layout Standard
41360 Some bind-files, like
41364 , have only a small scope.
41365 When looking at the end of the file
41369 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41372 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41376 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41381 \begin_inset Index idx
41384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41385 Key Bindings ! Editing
41393 \begin_layout Standard
41394 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41395 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41396 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41399 Show key-bindings containing
41402 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41403 Insert there for example as keyword
41404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41411 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41421 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41422 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41426 that you will find in the
41433 \begin_layout Standard
41435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41439 \begin_inset space \space{}
41450 , select the function and press the
41455 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41456 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41457 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41458 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41459 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41461 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41463 The binding for the function
41467 is an example of this.
41470 \begin_layout Standard
41471 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41473 The syntax of the entries is:
41476 \begin_layout Standard
41482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41500 \begin_layout Subsection
41502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41504 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41509 \begin_inset Index idx
41512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41519 \begin_inset Index idx
41522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41523 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41531 \begin_layout Standard
41532 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41533 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41539 \begin_inset space \space{}
41542 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41543 can use the keyboard map file named
41550 \begin_layout Standard
41551 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41559 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41567 \begin_layout Standard
41568 Besides this, you can specify here the
41570 Wheel scrolling speed
41573 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41577 \begin_layout Subsection
41579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41581 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41586 \begin_inset Index idx
41589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41598 \begin_layout Standard
41599 Input completion is described in sec.
41600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41606 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41611 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41613 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41614 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41618 \begin_layout Section
41620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41627 \begin_inset Index idx
41630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41637 \begin_inset Index idx
41640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41649 \begin_layout Description
41651 \begin_inset space ~
41654 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41655 It is the default when you
41666 \begin_inset space ~
41674 \begin_layout Description
41676 \begin_inset space ~
41679 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41681 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41683 \begin_inset space ~
41687 \begin_inset space ~
41695 \begin_layout Description
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41700 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41706 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41710 \begin_inset Newline newline
41714 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41726 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41734 \begin_layout Description
41736 \begin_inset space ~
41740 \begin_inset Index idx
41743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41749 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41750 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41751 \begin_inset space ~
41755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41757 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41765 will be used to save the backups.
41766 \begin_inset Newline newline
41769 The backup files have the ending
41770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41780 \begin_layout Description
41785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41792 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41793 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41794 \begin_inset Newline newline
41798 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41806 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41814 \begin_layout Description
41816 \begin_inset space ~
41819 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41822 \begin_layout Description
41824 \begin_inset space ~
41827 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41828 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41829 to find it on the system.
41830 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41831 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41837 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41840 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41841 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41845 \begin_layout Section
41849 \begin_layout Standard
41850 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41851 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41853 \begin_inset space ~
41857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41859 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41863 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41866 \begin_layout Section
41868 \begin_inset Index idx
41871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41872 Language ! Settings
41878 \begin_inset Index idx
41881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41882 Settings ! Language
41890 \begin_layout Subsection
41894 \begin_layout Description
41896 \begin_inset space ~
41900 \begin_inset space ~
41903 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41904 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41905 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41906 You find the actual translation status here:
41907 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41909 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41910 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41917 \begin_layout Description
41919 \begin_inset space ~
41922 language is the language used in new documents
41925 \begin_layout Description
41927 \begin_inset space ~
41930 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41932 The default is the LaTeX-command
41938 that loads the package
41946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41947 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41948 \begin_inset space ~
41952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41954 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41964 \begin_inset Newline newline
41971 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41972 to the document language.
41973 A text label is, for instance, the word
41974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41981 at the beginning of every table caption.
41984 \begin_layout Description
41986 \begin_inset space ~
41989 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41990 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41991 An example is the start command
41997 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
42002 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42017 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42022 \begin_layout Description
42024 \begin_inset space ~
42032 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42033 command toggles the package on and off.
42036 \begin_layout Description
42038 \begin_inset space ~
42048 \begin_layout Description
42049 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42050 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42051 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42052 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42059 \begin_layout Description
42061 \begin_inset space ~
42064 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42066 When this option is not set, the
42069 \begin_inset space ~
42074 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42075 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42078 \begin_inset space ~
42086 \begin_layout Description
42088 \begin_inset space ~
42094 \begin_inset space ~
42100 When it is not set, the
42103 \begin_inset space ~
42108 is set to the end of the document.
42111 \begin_layout Description
42113 \begin_inset space ~
42117 \begin_inset space ~
42120 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42121 language will be underlined blue.
42124 \begin_layout Description
42126 \begin_inset space ~
42130 \begin_inset space ~
42133 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42134 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42137 \begin_layout Description
42139 \begin_inset space ~
42142 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42143 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42144 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42145 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42148 \begin_layout Subsection
42152 \begin_layout Standard
42153 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42154 \begin_inset space ~
42158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42160 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42167 \begin_layout Section
42171 \begin_layout Subsection
42173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42180 \begin_inset Index idx
42183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42190 \begin_inset Index idx
42193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42202 \begin_layout Description
42204 \begin_inset space ~
42207 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42208 The name will be used when the
42213 \begin_inset Newline newline
42217 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42225 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42233 \begin_layout Description
42235 \begin_inset space ~
42239 \begin_inset space ~
42243 \begin_inset space ~
42246 printer This option works only for the
42251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42263 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42264 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42267 \begin_layout Description
42269 \begin_inset space ~
42272 command is the command LyX
42273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42277 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42280 LaTeX uses for printing.
42281 The default is on most systems
42288 \begin_layout Description
42290 \begin_inset space ~
42294 \begin_inset space ~
42297 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42298 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42299 of the program that provides the
42306 \begin_layout Subsection
42308 \begin_inset Index idx
42311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42318 \begin_inset Index idx
42321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42322 Settings ! Date format
42330 \begin_layout Standard
42331 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42332 \begin_inset Newline newline
42336 \begin_inset Flex URL
42339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42341 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42347 \begin_inset Newline newline
42350 For example the format
42351 \begin_inset Newline newline
42355 \begin_inset Newline newline
42358 prints the date as day/month/year.
42361 \begin_layout Subsection
42365 \begin_layout Description
42367 \begin_inset space ~
42371 \begin_inset space ~
42374 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42377 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42378 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42380 \begin_inset space ~
42386 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42390 \begin_layout Description
42392 \begin_inset space ~
42395 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42400 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42401 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42404 \begin_layout Subsection
42409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42419 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42424 \begin_inset Index idx
42427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42436 \begin_layout Description
42441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42449 \begin_inset space ~
42452 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42457 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42479 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42492 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42493 LyX sets up in the background.
42494 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42497 \begin_layout Description
42499 \begin_inset space ~
42503 \begin_inset space ~
42506 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42511 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42514 \begin_layout Standard
42515 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42516 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42517 manuals of the applications.
42518 Currently the following commands can be set:
42521 \begin_layout Description
42526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42534 \begin_inset space ~
42537 command Command for the program
42541 that is described in the section
42547 Additional Features
42552 \begin_layout Description
42557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42565 \begin_inset space ~
42568 command Command for the program
42572 that generates the bibliography, see section
42573 \begin_inset space ~
42577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42579 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42586 \begin_layout Description
42588 \begin_inset space ~
42591 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42592 \begin_inset space ~
42596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42598 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42605 \begin_layout Description
42607 \begin_inset space ~
42610 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42611 \begin_inset space ~
42615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42617 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42624 \begin_layout Description
42626 \begin_inset space ~
42630 \begin_inset space ~
42634 \begin_inset space ~
42638 \begin_inset space ~
42641 options They only have an effect when the program
42645 is used as DVI-viewer.
42648 \begin_layout Standard
42649 There are additionally the following options:
42652 \begin_layout Description
42654 \begin_inset space ~
42658 \begin_inset space ~
42662 \begin_inset space ~
42666 \begin_inset space ~
42670 \begin_inset space ~
42673 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42691 to separate folders.
42692 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42693 \begin_inset Index idx
42696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42703 \begin_inset Index idx
42706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42715 \begin_layout Description
42717 \begin_inset space ~
42721 \begin_inset space ~
42725 \begin_inset space ~
42729 \begin_inset space ~
42733 \begin_inset space ~
42737 \begin_inset space ~
42740 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42745 dialog when changing the document class.
42748 \begin_layout Section
42750 \begin_inset space ~
42754 \begin_inset Index idx
42757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42766 \begin_layout Subsection
42768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42770 name "sub:Converters"
42775 \begin_inset Index idx
42778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42787 \begin_layout Standard
42788 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42789 from one format to another.
42790 You can modify them or create new ones.
42791 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42798 \begin_inset space ~
42808 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42812 \begin_inset space ~
42817 drop-down list, modify the
42821 field, and press the
42828 \begin_layout Standard
42831 Converter File Cache
42833 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42836 Maximum Age (in days
42839 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42840 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42843 \begin_layout Standard
42844 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42845 the converter definition, is described in the section
42856 \begin_layout Subsection
42858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42860 name "sec:File-Formats"
42865 \begin_inset Index idx
42868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42875 \begin_inset Index idx
42878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42887 \begin_layout Standard
42888 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42889 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42893 \begin_layout Standard
42894 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42895 is described in the section
42906 \begin_layout Standard
42907 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42908 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42909 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42910 This is done by specifying a
42915 More about this is described in the section
42926 \begin_layout Chapter
42927 Units available in LyX
42928 \begin_inset Index idx
42931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42938 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42940 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42947 \begin_layout Standard
42948 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42951 reference "cap:Units"
42955 explains all units available in LyX.
42958 \begin_layout Standard
42959 \begin_inset Float table
42965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42966 \begin_inset Caption
42968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42984 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42992 \begin_inset Tabular
42993 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42994 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43147 scaled point (65536
43148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43152 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43208 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43263 % of original image width
43270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43477 \begin_layout Chapter
43479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43488 \begin_layout Standard
43489 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43490 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43493 \begin_layout Itemize
43496 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43499 \begin_layout Itemize
43505 \begin_layout Itemize
43511 \begin_layout Itemize
43517 \begin_layout Itemize
43523 \begin_layout Itemize
43529 \begin_layout Itemize
43535 \begin_layout Itemize
43541 \begin_layout Itemize
43544 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43547 \begin_layout Itemize
43553 \begin_layout Itemize
43559 \begin_layout Itemize
43565 \begin_layout Itemize
43571 \begin_layout Itemize
43577 \begin_layout Itemize
43583 \begin_layout Itemize
43589 \begin_layout Itemize
43595 \begin_layout Itemize
43597 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43606 \begin_layout Standard
43607 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43610 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43617 \begin_layout Bibliography
43618 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43619 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43620 LatexCommand bibitem
43627 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43630 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43635 \begin_inset Newline newline
43639 \begin_inset Flex URL
43642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43644 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43652 \begin_layout Bibliography
43653 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43654 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43655 LatexCommand bibitem
43656 key "latexcompanion"
43660 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43662 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43665 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43668 \begin_layout Bibliography
43669 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43670 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43671 LatexCommand bibitem
43676 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43679 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43682 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43685 \begin_layout Bibliography
43686 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43687 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43688 LatexCommand bibitem
43695 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43698 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43701 \begin_layout Bibliography
43702 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43703 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43704 LatexCommand bibitem
43716 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43719 \begin_layout Bibliography
43720 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43721 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43722 LatexCommand bibitem
43728 \begin_inset Newline newline
43732 \begin_inset Flex URL
43735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43737 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43745 \begin_layout Bibliography
43746 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43747 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43748 LatexCommand bibitem
43754 \begin_inset Newline newline
43758 \begin_inset Flex URL
43761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43763 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43771 \begin_layout Bibliography
43772 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43773 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43774 LatexCommand bibitem
43780 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43782 name "Documentation"
43783 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43792 \begin_inset Newline newline
43796 \begin_inset Flex URL
43799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43801 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43809 \begin_layout Bibliography
43810 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43811 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43812 LatexCommand bibitem
43818 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43820 name "Documentation"
43821 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43825 how to use the program
43830 \begin_inset Newline newline
43834 \begin_inset Flex URL
43837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43839 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43847 \begin_layout Bibliography
43848 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43849 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43850 LatexCommand bibitem
43856 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43858 name "Documentation"
43859 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43868 \begin_inset Newline newline
43872 \begin_inset Flex URL
43875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43877 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43885 \begin_layout Bibliography
43886 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43887 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43888 LatexCommand bibitem
43894 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43896 name "Documentation"
43897 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43906 \begin_inset Newline newline
43910 \begin_inset Flex URL
43913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43915 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43923 \begin_layout Bibliography
43924 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43925 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43926 LatexCommand bibitem
43932 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43934 name "Documentation"
43935 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43939 of the LaTeX-package
43944 \begin_inset Index idx
43947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43948 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43954 \begin_inset Newline newline
43958 \begin_inset Flex URL
43961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43963 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43971 \begin_layout Bibliography
43972 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43973 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43974 LatexCommand bibitem
43980 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43982 name "Documentation"
43983 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43987 of the LaTeX-package
43992 \begin_inset Index idx
43995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43996 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
44002 \begin_inset Newline newline
44006 \begin_inset Flex URL
44009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44011 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44019 \begin_layout Bibliography
44020 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44021 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44022 LatexCommand bibitem
44030 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44032 name "Documentation"
44033 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44039 of the LaTeX-package
44044 \begin_inset Index idx
44047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44048 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44054 \begin_inset Newline newline
44058 \begin_inset Flex URL
44061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44063 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44071 \begin_layout Bibliography
44072 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44073 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44074 LatexCommand bibitem
44080 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44082 name "Documentation"
44083 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44087 of the LaTeX-package
44092 \begin_inset Index idx
44095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44096 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44102 \begin_inset Newline newline
44106 \begin_inset Flex URL
44109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44111 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44119 \begin_layout Bibliography
44120 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44121 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44122 LatexCommand bibitem
44128 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44130 name "Documentation"
44131 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44135 of the LaTeX-package
44140 \begin_inset Index idx
44143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44144 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44150 \begin_inset Newline newline
44154 \begin_inset Flex URL
44157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44159 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44167 \begin_layout Bibliography
44168 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44169 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44170 LatexCommand bibitem
44176 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44178 name "Documentation"
44179 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44183 of the LaTeX-package
44188 \begin_inset Index idx
44191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44192 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44198 \begin_inset Newline newline
44202 \begin_inset Flex URL
44205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44207 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44215 \begin_layout Bibliography
44216 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44217 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44218 LatexCommand bibitem
44224 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44227 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44231 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44232 \begin_inset Newline newline
44236 \begin_inset Flex URL
44239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44241 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44249 \begin_layout Bibliography
44250 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44251 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44252 LatexCommand bibitem
44258 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44261 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44265 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44266 \begin_inset Newline newline
44270 \begin_inset Flex URL
44273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44275 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44283 \begin_layout Bibliography
44284 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44285 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44286 LatexCommand bibitem
44292 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44295 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44299 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44300 \begin_inset Newline newline
44304 \begin_inset Flex URL
44307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44309 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44317 \begin_layout Bibliography
44318 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44319 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44320 LatexCommand bibitem
44326 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44329 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44333 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44334 \begin_inset Newline newline
44338 \begin_inset Flex URL
44341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44343 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44351 \begin_layout Bibliography
44352 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44353 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44354 LatexCommand bibitem
44360 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44363 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44367 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44368 \begin_inset Newline newline
44372 \begin_inset Flex URL
44375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44377 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44385 \begin_layout Bibliography
44386 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44387 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44388 LatexCommand bibitem
44394 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44397 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44401 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44402 \begin_inset Newline newline
44406 \begin_inset Flex URL
44409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44411 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44419 \begin_layout Bibliography
44420 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44421 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44422 LatexCommand bibitem
44428 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44431 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44435 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44436 \begin_inset Newline newline
44440 \begin_inset Flex URL
44443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44445 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44453 \begin_layout Bibliography
44454 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44455 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44456 LatexCommand bibitem
44462 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44465 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44469 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44470 \begin_inset Newline newline
44474 \begin_inset Flex URL
44477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44479 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44487 \begin_layout Bibliography
44488 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44489 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44490 LatexCommand bibitem
44496 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44499 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44503 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44504 \begin_inset Newline newline
44508 \begin_inset Flex URL
44511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44513 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44521 \begin_layout Bibliography
44522 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44523 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44524 LatexCommand bibitem
44530 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44533 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44537 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44538 \begin_inset Newline newline
44542 \begin_inset Flex URL
44545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44547 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44555 \begin_layout Bibliography
44556 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44557 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44558 LatexCommand bibitem
44564 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44567 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
44571 about new features in
44576 \begin_inset Newline newline
44580 \begin_inset Flex URL
44583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44585 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
44593 \begin_layout Standard
44594 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44628 \begin_inset Note Note
44631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44638 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44639 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44640 bibliography is the second one:
44648 \begin_layout Standard
44649 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44650 LatexCommand bibtex
44651 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44652 options "biblio/alphadin"
44659 \begin_layout Standard
44660 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44663 \begin_layout Standard
44664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44665 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44671 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44672 LatexCommand printindex